US20190042408A1 - Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools - Google Patents
Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20190042408A1 US20190042408A1 US15/868,492 US201815868492A US2019042408A1 US 20190042408 A1 US20190042408 A1 US 20190042408A1 US 201815868492 A US201815868492 A US 201815868492A US 2019042408 A1 US2019042408 A1 US 2019042408A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- memory
- sled
- compute
- pool
- addresses
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 title abstract description 12
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 58
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims description 34
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 claims description 29
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 claims description 28
- 238000013507 mapping Methods 0.000 claims description 23
- 238000004891 communication Methods 0.000 description 76
- 239000000758 substrate Substances 0.000 description 73
- 230000003287 optical effect Effects 0.000 description 28
- 238000013500 data storage Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 19
- 238000001816 cooling Methods 0.000 description 13
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 12
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 9
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000012545 processing Methods 0.000 description 6
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 239000013307 optical fiber Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000012546 transfer Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 4
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000020169 heat generation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000007774 longterm Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000010801 machine learning Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000003491 array Methods 0.000 description 2
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000005387 chalcogenide glass Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000835 fiber Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000012423 maintenance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910044991 metal oxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000004706 metal oxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000002070 nanowire Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000005192 partition Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000003068 static effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000001360 synchronised effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005641 tunneling Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004593 Epoxy Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009977 dual effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000428 dust Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007717 exclusion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002648 laminated material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013011 mating Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007334 memory performance Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010295 mobile communication Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013341 scale-up Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005476 soldering Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 1
Images
Classifications
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/18—Multiprotocol handlers, e.g. single devices capable of handling multiple protocols
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
- G06F15/16—Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
- G06F15/163—Interprocessor communication
- G06F15/173—Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L9/00—Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
- H04L9/08—Key distribution or management, e.g. generation, sharing or updating, of cryptographic keys or passwords
- H04L9/0816—Key establishment, i.e. cryptographic processes or cryptographic protocols whereby a shared secret becomes available to two or more parties, for subsequent use
- H04L9/0819—Key transport or distribution, i.e. key establishment techniques where one party creates or otherwise obtains a secret value, and securely transfers it to the other(s)
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/30—Monitoring
- G06F11/3003—Monitoring arrangements specially adapted to the computing system or computing system component being monitored
- G06F11/3006—Monitoring arrangements specially adapted to the computing system or computing system component being monitored where the computing system is distributed, e.g. networked systems, clusters, multiprocessor systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/30—Monitoring
- G06F11/34—Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
- G06F11/3409—Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment for performance assessment
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/30—Monitoring
- G06F11/34—Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
- G06F11/3442—Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment for planning or managing the needed capacity
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F11/00—Error detection; Error correction; Monitoring
- G06F11/30—Monitoring
- G06F11/34—Recording or statistical evaluation of computer activity, e.g. of down time, of input/output operation ; Recording or statistical evaluation of user activity, e.g. usability assessment
- G06F11/3466—Performance evaluation by tracing or monitoring
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/0223—User address space allocation, e.g. contiguous or non contiguous base addressing
- G06F12/023—Free address space management
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/06—Addressing a physical block of locations, e.g. base addressing, module addressing, memory dedication
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/06—Addressing a physical block of locations, e.g. base addressing, module addressing, memory dedication
- G06F12/0607—Interleaved addressing
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/14—Protection against unauthorised use of memory or access to memory
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F13/14—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
- G06F13/16—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus
- G06F13/1605—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus based on arbitration
- G06F13/1652—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus based on arbitration in a multiprocessor architecture
- G06F13/1663—Access to shared memory
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F13/14—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer
- G06F13/16—Handling requests for interconnection or transfer for access to memory bus
- G06F13/1668—Details of memory controller
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F13/38—Information transfer, e.g. on bus
- G06F13/40—Bus structure
- G06F13/4063—Device-to-bus coupling
- G06F13/4068—Electrical coupling
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F13/38—Information transfer, e.g. on bus
- G06F13/42—Bus transfer protocol, e.g. handshake; Synchronisation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
- G06F15/16—Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
- G06F15/161—Computing infrastructure, e.g. computer clusters, blade chassis or hardware partitioning
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
- G06F15/16—Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
- G06F15/163—Interprocessor communication
- G06F15/173—Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
- G06F15/17306—Intercommunication techniques
- G06F15/17331—Distributed shared memory [DSM], e.g. remote direct memory access [RDMA]
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
- G06F15/76—Architectures of general purpose stored program computers
- G06F15/78—Architectures of general purpose stored program computers comprising a single central processing unit
- G06F15/7867—Architectures of general purpose stored program computers comprising a single central processing unit with reconfigurable architecture
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/10—File systems; File servers
- G06F16/11—File system administration, e.g. details of archiving or snapshots
- G06F16/119—Details of migration of file systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/22—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
- G06F16/221—Column-oriented storage; Management thereof
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/22—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
- G06F16/2228—Indexing structures
- G06F16/2237—Vectors, bitmaps or matrices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/22—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
- G06F16/2228—Indexing structures
- G06F16/2255—Hash tables
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/22—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
- G06F16/2282—Tablespace storage structures; Management thereof
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/23—Updating
- G06F16/2365—Ensuring data consistency and integrity
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/24—Querying
- G06F16/245—Query processing
- G06F16/2453—Query optimisation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/24—Querying
- G06F16/245—Query processing
- G06F16/2455—Query execution
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/24—Querying
- G06F16/245—Query processing
- G06F16/2455—Query execution
- G06F16/24553—Query execution of query operations
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/24—Querying
- G06F16/248—Presentation of query results
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/20—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor of structured data, e.g. relational data
- G06F16/25—Integrating or interfacing systems involving database management systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F16/00—Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor
- G06F16/90—Details of database functions independent of the retrieved data types
- G06F16/901—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures
- G06F16/9014—Indexing; Data structures therefor; Storage structures hash tables
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
- G06F3/0604—Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
- G06F3/0604—Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management
- G06F3/0605—Improving or facilitating administration, e.g. storage management by facilitating the interaction with a user or administrator
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
- G06F3/061—Improving I/O performance
- G06F3/0611—Improving I/O performance in relation to response time
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0602—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems specifically adapted to achieve a particular effect
- G06F3/061—Improving I/O performance
- G06F3/0613—Improving I/O performance in relation to throughput
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0629—Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0629—Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
- G06F3/0631—Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems by allocating resources to storage systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0629—Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems
- G06F3/0632—Configuration or reconfiguration of storage systems by initialisation or re-initialisation of storage systems
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0638—Organizing or formatting or addressing of data
- G06F3/0644—Management of space entities, e.g. partitions, extents, pools
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0646—Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
- G06F3/0647—Migration mechanisms
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0646—Horizontal data movement in storage systems, i.e. moving data in between storage devices or systems
- G06F3/065—Replication mechanisms
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0655—Vertical data movement, i.e. input-output transfer; data movement between one or more hosts and one or more storage devices
- G06F3/0659—Command handling arrangements, e.g. command buffers, queues, command scheduling
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0628—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems making use of a particular technique
- G06F3/0662—Virtualisation aspects
- G06F3/0665—Virtualisation aspects at area level, e.g. provisioning of virtual or logical volumes
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0668—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
- G06F3/067—Distributed or networked storage systems, e.g. storage area networks [SAN], network attached storage [NAS]
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0668—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
- G06F3/0671—In-line storage system
- G06F3/0673—Single storage device
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0668—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
- G06F3/0671—In-line storage system
- G06F3/0683—Plurality of storage devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F3/00—Input arrangements for transferring data to be processed into a form capable of being handled by the computer; Output arrangements for transferring data from processing unit to output unit, e.g. interface arrangements
- G06F3/06—Digital input from, or digital output to, record carriers, e.g. RAID, emulated record carriers or networked record carriers
- G06F3/0601—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems
- G06F3/0668—Interfaces specially adapted for storage systems adopting a particular infrastructure
- G06F3/0671—In-line storage system
- G06F3/0683—Plurality of storage devices
- G06F3/0685—Hybrid storage combining heterogeneous device types, e.g. hierarchical storage, hybrid arrays
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F30/00—Computer-aided design [CAD]
- G06F30/30—Circuit design
- G06F30/34—Circuit design for reconfigurable circuits, e.g. field programmable gate arrays [FPGA] or programmable logic devices [PLD]
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/22—Microcontrol or microprogram arrangements
- G06F9/28—Enhancement of operational speed, e.g. by using several microcontrol devices operating in parallel
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/4401—Bootstrapping
- G06F9/4406—Loading of operating system
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/4401—Bootstrapping
- G06F9/4411—Configuring for operating with peripheral devices; Loading of device drivers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/445—Program loading or initiating
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/448—Execution paradigms, e.g. implementations of programming paradigms
- G06F9/4494—Execution paradigms, e.g. implementations of programming paradigms data driven
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5005—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
- G06F9/5011—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resources being hardware resources other than CPUs, Servers and Terminals
- G06F9/5022—Mechanisms to release resources
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5005—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
- G06F9/5027—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
- G06F9/505—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering the load
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5083—Techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system
- G06F9/5088—Techniques for rebalancing the load in a distributed system involving task migration
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C29/00—Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
- G11C29/02—Detection or location of defective auxiliary circuits, e.g. defective refresh counters
- G11C29/028—Detection or location of defective auxiliary circuits, e.g. defective refresh counters with adaption or trimming of parameters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C29/00—Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
- G11C29/04—Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
- G11C29/08—Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
- G11C29/12—Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
- G11C29/36—Data generation devices, e.g. data inverters
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C29/00—Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
- G11C29/04—Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
- G11C29/08—Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
- G11C29/12—Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
- G11C29/38—Response verification devices
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C29/00—Checking stores for correct operation ; Subsequent repair; Testing stores during standby or offline operation
- G11C29/04—Detection or location of defective memory elements, e.g. cell constructio details, timing of test signals
- G11C29/08—Functional testing, e.g. testing during refresh, power-on self testing [POST] or distributed testing
- G11C29/12—Built-in arrangements for testing, e.g. built-in self testing [BIST] or interconnection details
- G11C29/44—Indication or identification of errors, e.g. for repair
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
- G11C—STATIC STORES
- G11C8/00—Arrangements for selecting an address in a digital store
- G11C8/12—Group selection circuits, e.g. for memory block selection, chip selection, array selection
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/02—Standardisation; Integration
- H04L41/0213—Standardised network management protocols, e.g. simple network management protocol [SNMP]
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/06—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications
- H04L41/0654—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications using network fault recovery
- H04L41/0668—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications using network fault recovery by dynamic selection of recovery network elements, e.g. replacement by the most appropriate element after failure
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/06—Management of faults, events, alarms or notifications
- H04L41/0677—Localisation of faults
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0803—Configuration setting
- H04L41/0813—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings
- H04L41/0816—Configuration setting characterised by the conditions triggering a change of settings the condition being an adaptation, e.g. in response to network events
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0893—Assignment of logical groups to network elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0896—Bandwidth or capacity management, i.e. automatically increasing or decreasing capacities
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/50—Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
- H04L41/5003—Managing SLA; Interaction between SLA and QoS
- H04L41/5019—Ensuring fulfilment of SLA
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/50—Network service management, e.g. ensuring proper service fulfilment according to agreements
- H04L41/5003—Managing SLA; Interaction between SLA and QoS
- H04L41/5019—Ensuring fulfilment of SLA
- H04L41/5025—Ensuring fulfilment of SLA by proactively reacting to service quality change, e.g. by reconfiguration after service quality degradation or upgrade
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L43/00—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
- H04L43/06—Generation of reports
- H04L43/065—Generation of reports related to network devices
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L43/00—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
- H04L43/08—Monitoring or testing based on specific metrics, e.g. QoS, energy consumption or environmental parameters
- H04L43/0876—Network utilisation, e.g. volume of load or congestion level
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
- H04L45/28—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks using route fault recovery
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L45/00—Routing or path finding of packets in data switching networks
- H04L45/74—Address processing for routing
- H04L45/745—Address table lookup; Address filtering
- H04L45/7453—Address table lookup; Address filtering using hashing
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
- H04L47/11—Identifying congestion
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/10—Flow control; Congestion control
- H04L47/12—Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion
- H04L47/125—Avoiding congestion; Recovering from congestion by balancing the load, e.g. traffic engineering
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/70—Admission control; Resource allocation
- H04L47/78—Architectures of resource allocation
- H04L47/781—Centralised allocation of resources
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L47/00—Traffic control in data switching networks
- H04L47/70—Admission control; Resource allocation
- H04L47/83—Admission control; Resource allocation based on usage prediction
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L49/00—Packet switching elements
- H04L49/30—Peripheral units, e.g. input or output ports
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L49/00—Packet switching elements
- H04L49/35—Switches specially adapted for specific applications
- H04L49/351—Switches specially adapted for specific applications for local area network [LAN], e.g. Ethernet switches
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L49/00—Packet switching elements
- H04L49/90—Buffering arrangements
- H04L49/9005—Buffering arrangements using dynamic buffer space allocation
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/01—Protocols
- H04L67/10—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
- H04L67/1001—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network for accessing one among a plurality of replicated servers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L67/00—Network arrangements or protocols for supporting network services or applications
- H04L67/01—Protocols
- H04L67/10—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network
- H04L67/1001—Protocols in which an application is distributed across nodes in the network for accessing one among a plurality of replicated servers
- H04L67/1004—Server selection for load balancing
- H04L67/1008—Server selection for load balancing based on parameters of servers, e.g. available memory or workload
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/12—Protocol engines
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/22—Parsing or analysis of headers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/30—Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
- H04L69/32—Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L69/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services independent of the application payload and not provided for in the other groups of this subclass
- H04L69/30—Definitions, standards or architectural aspects of layered protocol stacks
- H04L69/32—Architecture of open systems interconnection [OSI] 7-layer type protocol stacks, e.g. the interfaces between the data link level and the physical level
- H04L69/321—Interlayer communication protocols or service data unit [SDU] definitions; Interfaces between layers
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L9/00—Cryptographic mechanisms or cryptographic arrangements for secret or secure communications; Network security protocols
- H04L9/08—Key distribution or management, e.g. generation, sharing or updating, of cryptographic keys or passwords
- H04L9/0894—Escrow, recovery or storing of secret information, e.g. secret key escrow or cryptographic key storage
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04Q—SELECTING
- H04Q11/00—Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
- H04Q11/0001—Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
- H04Q11/0005—Switch and router aspects
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04Q—SELECTING
- H04Q11/00—Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems
- H04Q11/0001—Selecting arrangements for multiplex systems using optical switching
- H04Q11/0062—Network aspects
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K7/00—Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
- H05K7/14—Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
- H05K7/1485—Servers; Data center rooms, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
- H05K7/1488—Cabinets therefor, e.g. chassis or racks or mechanical interfaces between blades and support structures
- H05K7/1489—Cabinets therefor, e.g. chassis or racks or mechanical interfaces between blades and support structures characterized by the mounting of blades therein, e.g. brackets, rails, trays
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K7/00—Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
- H05K7/14—Mounting supporting structure in casing or on frame or rack
- H05K7/1485—Servers; Data center rooms, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
- H05K7/1498—Resource management, Optimisation arrangements, e.g. configuration, identification, tracking, physical location
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K7/00—Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
- H05K7/18—Construction of rack or frame
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K7/00—Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
- H05K7/20—Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating
- H05K7/20009—Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating using a gaseous coolant in electronic enclosures
- H05K7/20209—Thermal management, e.g. fan control
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H05—ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- H05K—PRINTED CIRCUITS; CASINGS OR CONSTRUCTIONAL DETAILS OF ELECTRIC APPARATUS; MANUFACTURE OF ASSEMBLAGES OF ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS
- H05K7/00—Constructional details common to different types of electric apparatus
- H05K7/20—Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating
- H05K7/20709—Modifications to facilitate cooling, ventilating, or heating for server racks or cabinets; for data centers, e.g. 19-inch computer racks
- H05K7/20718—Forced ventilation of a gaseous coolant
- H05K7/20736—Forced ventilation of a gaseous coolant within cabinets for removing heat from server blades
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/08—Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
- G06F12/0802—Addressing of a memory level in which the access to the desired data or data block requires associative addressing means, e.g. caches
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/08—Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
- G06F12/10—Address translation
- G06F12/1027—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
- G06F12/1045—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache
- G06F12/1054—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache the data cache being concurrently physically addressed
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F12/00—Accessing, addressing or allocating within memory systems or architectures
- G06F12/02—Addressing or allocation; Relocation
- G06F12/08—Addressing or allocation; Relocation in hierarchically structured memory systems, e.g. virtual memory systems
- G06F12/10—Address translation
- G06F12/1027—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB]
- G06F12/1045—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache
- G06F12/1063—Address translation using associative or pseudo-associative address translation means, e.g. translation look-aside buffer [TLB] associated with a data cache the data cache being concurrently virtually addressed
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F13/00—Interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F13/38—Information transfer, e.g. on bus
- G06F13/40—Bus structure
- G06F13/4004—Coupling between buses
- G06F13/4022—Coupling between buses using switching circuits, e.g. switching matrix, connection or expansion network
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F15/00—Digital computers in general; Data processing equipment in general
- G06F15/16—Combinations of two or more digital computers each having at least an arithmetic unit, a program unit and a register, e.g. for a simultaneous processing of several programs
- G06F15/163—Interprocessor communication
- G06F15/173—Interprocessor communication using an interconnection network, e.g. matrix, shuffle, pyramid, star, snowflake
- G06F15/1735—Network adapters, e.g. SCI, Myrinet
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F21/00—Security arrangements for protecting computers, components thereof, programs or data against unauthorised activity
- G06F21/10—Protecting distributed programs or content, e.g. vending or licensing of copyrighted material ; Digital rights management [DRM]
- G06F21/105—Arrangements for software license management or administration, e.g. for managing licenses at corporate level
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2200/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/04 - G06F1/32
- G06F2200/20—Indexing scheme relating to G06F1/20
- G06F2200/201—Cooling arrangements using cooling fluid
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
- G06F2201/85—Active fault masking without idle spares
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
- G06F2201/86—Event-based monitoring
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2201/00—Indexing scheme relating to error detection, to error correction, and to monitoring
- G06F2201/885—Monitoring specific for caches
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2209/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/00
- G06F2209/50—Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/50
- G06F2209/5019—Workload prediction
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2209/00—Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/00
- G06F2209/50—Indexing scheme relating to G06F9/50
- G06F2209/509—Offload
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2212/00—Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
- G06F2212/10—Providing a specific technical effect
- G06F2212/1041—Resource optimization
- G06F2212/1044—Space efficiency improvement
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2212/00—Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
- G06F2212/10—Providing a specific technical effect
- G06F2212/1052—Security improvement
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2212/00—Indexing scheme relating to accessing, addressing or allocation within memory systems or architectures
- G06F2212/60—Details of cache memory
- G06F2212/601—Reconfiguration of cache memory
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2213/00—Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F2213/0026—PCI express
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2213/00—Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F2213/0064—Latency reduction in handling transfers
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F2213/00—Indexing scheme relating to interconnection of, or transfer of information or other signals between, memories, input/output devices or central processing units
- G06F2213/38—Universal adapter
- G06F2213/3808—Network interface controller
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/44—Arrangements for executing specific programs
- G06F9/4401—Bootstrapping
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/48—Program initiating; Program switching, e.g. by interrupt
- G06F9/4806—Task transfer initiation or dispatching
- G06F9/4843—Task transfer initiation or dispatching by program, e.g. task dispatcher, supervisor, operating system
- G06F9/485—Task life-cycle, e.g. stopping, restarting, resuming execution
- G06F9/4856—Task life-cycle, e.g. stopping, restarting, resuming execution resumption being on a different machine, e.g. task migration, virtual machine migration
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5005—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
- G06F9/5027—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
- G06F9/5044—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering hardware capabilities
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5005—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request
- G06F9/5027—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals
- G06F9/5055—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU] to service a request the resource being a machine, e.g. CPUs, Servers, Terminals considering software capabilities, i.e. software resources associated or available to the machine
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
- G06F9/00—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units
- G06F9/06—Arrangements for program control, e.g. control units using stored programs, i.e. using an internal store of processing equipment to receive or retain programs
- G06F9/46—Multiprogramming arrangements
- G06F9/50—Allocation of resources, e.g. of the central processing unit [CPU]
- G06F9/5061—Partitioning or combining of resources
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06N—COMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
- G06N3/00—Computing arrangements based on biological models
- G06N3/02—Neural networks
- G06N3/06—Physical realisation, i.e. hardware implementation of neural networks, neurons or parts of neurons
- G06N3/063—Physical realisation, i.e. hardware implementation of neural networks, neurons or parts of neurons using electronic means
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q10/00—Administration; Management
- G06Q10/06—Resources, workflows, human or project management; Enterprise or organisation planning; Enterprise or organisation modelling
- G06Q10/063—Operations research, analysis or management
- G06Q10/0631—Resource planning, allocation, distributing or scheduling for enterprises or organisations
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
- G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- G06Q30/00—Commerce
- G06Q30/02—Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
- G06Q30/0283—Price estimation or determination
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/04—Network management architectures or arrangements
- H04L41/044—Network management architectures or arrangements comprising hierarchical management structures
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/08—Configuration management of networks or network elements
- H04L41/0895—Configuration of virtualised networks or elements, e.g. virtualised network function or OpenFlow elements
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/14—Network analysis or design
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/14—Network analysis or design
- H04L41/142—Network analysis or design using statistical or mathematical methods
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/14—Network analysis or design
- H04L41/149—Network analysis or design for prediction of maintenance
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/16—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks using machine learning or artificial intelligence
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/34—Signalling channels for network management communication
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L41/00—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks
- H04L41/40—Arrangements for maintenance, administration or management of data switching networks, e.g. of packet switching networks using virtualisation of network functions or resources, e.g. SDN or NFV entities
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L43/00—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
- H04L43/16—Threshold monitoring
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L43/00—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks
- H04L43/20—Arrangements for monitoring or testing data switching networks the monitoring system or the monitored elements being virtualised, abstracted or software-defined entities, e.g. SDN or NFV
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L49/00—Packet switching elements
- H04L49/40—Constructional details, e.g. power supply, mechanical construction or backplane
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L63/00—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security
- H04L63/04—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for providing a confidential data exchange among entities communicating through data packet networks
- H04L63/0428—Network architectures or network communication protocols for network security for providing a confidential data exchange among entities communicating through data packet networks wherein the data content is protected, e.g. by encrypting or encapsulating the payload
-
- Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
- Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
- Y02D—CLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES [ICT], I.E. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGIES AIMING AT THE REDUCTION OF THEIR OWN ENERGY USE
- Y02D10/00—Energy efficient computing, e.g. low power processors, power management or thermal management
Definitions
- any byte-addressable memory e.g., RAM, non-volatile memory
- an application e.g., a workload
- the processor e.g., physically installed on the compute device
- the memory available to the compute device may fall short of the amount of memory requested by the application during one or more operations.
- an administrator of the compute device may choose to equip the compute device with a relatively large amount of memory to account for situations in which the application may benefit from the large amount of memory (e.g., for memory intensive operations).
- a large part of memory onboard the compute device may go unused.
- the costs of equipping the compute devices with relatively large amounts memory can be significant.
- FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a data center for executing workloads with disaggregated resources
- FIG. 2 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a pod of the data center of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 3 is a perspective view of at least one embodiment of a rack that may be included in the pod of FIG. 2 ;
- FIG. 4 is a side plan elevation view of the rack of FIG. 3 ;
- FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the rack of FIG. 3 having a sled mounted therein;
- FIG. 6 is a is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a top side of the sled of FIG. 5 ;
- FIG. 7 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a bottom side of the sled of FIG. 6 ;
- FIG. 8 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 9 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the compute sled of FIG. 8 ;
- FIG. 10 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an accelerator sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 11 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the accelerator sled of FIG. 10 ;
- FIG. 12 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a storage sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 13 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the storage sled of FIG. 12 ;
- FIG. 14 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled usable in the data center of FIG. 1 ;
- FIG. 15 is a simplified block diagram of a system that may be established within the data center of FIG. 1 to execute workloads with managed nodes composed of disaggregated resources.
- FIG. 16 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a system for interleaving memory access to a shared memory pool
- FIG. 17 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled of the system of FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 18 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled of the system of FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 19 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a orchestrator server of the system of FIG. 16 ;
- FIG. 20 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18 ;
- FIG. 21 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17 ;
- FIG. 22 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the orchestrator server of FIGS. 16 and 19 ;
- FIG. 23 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the memory sled of FIGS. 16 and 18 ;
- FIG. 24 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the compute sled of FIGS. 16 and 17 ;
- FIG. 25 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for modifying a memory interleaving configuration as a function of one or more Quality of Service (QoS) targets.
- QoS Quality of Service
- references in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an illustrative embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may or may not necessarily include that particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described.
- items included in a list in the form of “at least one A, B, and C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
- items listed in the form of “at least one of A, B, or C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
- the disclosed embodiments may be implemented, in some cases, in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof.
- the disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried by or stored on a transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage medium, which may be read and executed by one or more processors.
- a machine-readable storage medium may be embodied as any storage device, mechanism, or other physical structure for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a volatile or non-volatile memory, a media disc, or other media device).
- a data center 100 in which disaggregated resources may cooperatively execute one or more workloads includes multiple pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 , each of which includes one or more rows of racks.
- each rack houses multiple sleds, which each may be embodied as a compute device, such as a server, that is primarily equipped with a particular type of resource (e.g., memory devices, data storage devices, accelerator devices, general purpose processors).
- the sleds in each pod 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 are connected to multiple pod switches (e.g., switches that route data communications to and from sleds within the pod).
- the pod switches connect with spine switches 150 that switch communications among pods (e.g., the pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 ) in the data center 100 .
- the sleds may be connected with a fabric using Intel Omni-Path technology.
- resources within sleds in the data center 100 may be allocated to a group (referred to herein as a “managed node”) containing resources from one or more other sleds to be collectively utilized in the execution of a workload.
- the workload can execute as if the resources belonging to the managed node were located on the same sled.
- the resources in a managed node may even belong to sleds belonging to different racks, and even to different pods 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 .
- Some resources of a single sled may be allocated to one managed node while other resources of the same sled are allocated to a different managed node (e.g., one processor assigned to one managed node and another processor of the same sled assigned to a different managed node).
- the data center 100 By disaggregating resources to sleds comprised predominantly of a single type of resource (e.g., compute sleds comprising primarily compute resources, memory sleds containing primarily memory resources), and selectively allocating and deallocating the disaggregated resources to form a managed node assigned to execute a workload, the data center 100 provides more efficient resource usage over typical data centers comprised of hyperconverged servers containing compute, memory, storage and perhaps additional resources). As such, the data center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources.
- compute sleds comprising primarily compute resources
- the data center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources.
- the pod 110 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a set of rows 200 , 210 , 220 , 230 of racks 240 .
- Each rack 240 may house multiple sleds (e.g., sixteen sleds) and provide power and data connections to the housed sleds, as described in more detail herein.
- the racks in each row 200 , 210 , 220 , 230 are connected to multiple pod switches 250 , 260 .
- the pod switch 250 includes a set of ports 252 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and another set of ports 254 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150 to provide connectivity to other pods in the data center 100 .
- the pod switch 260 includes a set of ports 262 to which the sleds of the racks of the pod 110 are connected and a set of ports 264 that connect the pod 110 to the spine switches 150 . As such, the use of the pair of switches 250 , 260 provides an amount of redundancy to the pod 110 .
- the switches 150 , 250 , 260 may be embodied as dual-mode optical switches, capable of routing both Ethernet protocol communications carrying Internet Protocol (IP) packets and communications according to a second, high-performance link-layer protocol (e.g., Intel's Omni-Path Architecture's, Infiniband) via optical signaling media of an optical fabric.
- IP Internet Protocol
- a second, high-performance link-layer protocol e.g., Intel's Omni-Path Architecture's, Infiniband
- each of the other pods 120 , 130 , 140 may be similarly structured as, and have components similar to, the pod 110 shown in and described in regard to FIG. 2 (e.g., each pod may have rows of racks housing multiple sleds as described above). Additionally, while two pod switches 250 , 260 are shown, it should be understood that in other embodiments, each pod 110 , 120 , 130 , 140 may be connected to different number of pod switches (e.g., providing even more failover capacity).
- each illustrative rack 240 of the data center 100 includes two elongated support posts 302 , 304 , which are arranged vertically.
- the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may extend upwardly from a floor of the data center 100 when deployed.
- the rack 240 also includes one or more horizontal pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (identified in FIG. 3 via a dashed ellipse) configured to support a sled of the data center 100 as discussed below.
- One elongated support arm 312 of the pair of elongated support arms 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 302 and the other elongated support arm 312 extends outwardly from the elongated support post 304 .
- each sled of the data center 100 is embodied as a chassis-less sled. That is, each sled has a chassis-less circuit board substrate on which physical resources (e.g., processors, memory, accelerators, storage, etc.) are mounted as discussed in more detail below.
- the rack 240 is configured to receive the chassis-less sleds.
- each pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 defines a sled slot 320 of the rack 240 , which is configured to receive a corresponding chassis-less sled.
- each illustrative elongated support arm 312 includes a circuit board guide 330 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of the sled.
- Each circuit board guide 330 is secured to, or otherwise mounted to, a top side 332 of the corresponding elongated support arm 312 .
- each circuit board guide 330 is mounted at a distal end of the corresponding elongated support arm 312 relative to the corresponding elongated support post 302 , 304 .
- not every circuit board guide 330 may be referenced in each Figure.
- Each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of a sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 of the rack 240 .
- a user aligns the chassis-less circuit board substrate of an illustrative chassis-less sled 400 to a sled slot 320 .
- the user, or robot may then slide the chassis-less circuit board substrate forward into the sled slot 320 such that each side edge 414 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate is received in a corresponding circuit board slot 380 of the circuit board guides 330 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320 as shown in FIG. 4 .
- each type of resource can be upgraded independently of each other and at their own optimized refresh rate.
- the sleds are configured to blindly mate with power and data communication cables in each rack 240 , enhancing their ability to be quickly removed, upgraded, reinstalled, and/or replaced.
- the data center 100 may operate (e.g., execute workloads, undergo maintenance and/or upgrades, etc.) without human involvement on the data center floor.
- a human may facilitate one or more maintenance or upgrade operations in the data center 100 .
- each circuit board guide 330 is dual sided. That is, each circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines a circuit board slot 380 on each side of the circuit board guide 330 . In this way, each circuit board guide 330 can support a chassis-less circuit board substrate on either side. As such, a single additional elongated support post may be added to the rack 240 to turn the rack 240 into a two-rack solution that can hold twice as many sled slots 320 as shown in FIG. 3 .
- the illustrative rack 240 includes seven pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define a corresponding seven sled slots 320 , each configured to receive and support a corresponding sled 400 as discussed above.
- the rack 240 may include additional or fewer pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (i.e., additional or fewer sled slots 320 ). It should be appreciated that because the sled 400 is chassis-less, the sled 400 may have an overall height that is different than typical servers. As such, in some embodiments, the height of each sled slot 320 may be shorter than the height of a typical server (e.g., shorter than a single rank unit, “1U”).
- each of the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may have a length of six feet or less.
- the rack 240 may have different dimensions.
- the rack 240 does not include any walls, enclosures, or the like. Rather, the rack 240 is an enclosure-less rack that is opened to the local environment.
- an end plate may be attached to one of the elongated support posts 302 , 304 in those situations in which the rack 240 forms an end-of-row rack in the data center 100 .
- each elongated support post 302 , 304 includes an inner wall that defines an inner chamber in which the interconnect may be located.
- the interconnects routed through the elongated support posts 302 , 304 may be embodied as any type of interconnects including, but not limited to, data or communication interconnects to provide communication connections to each sled slot 320 , power interconnects to provide power to each sled slot 320 , and/or other types of interconnects.
- the rack 240 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a support platform on which a corresponding optical data connector (not shown) is mounted.
- Each optical data connector is associated with a corresponding sled slot 320 and is configured to mate with an optical data connector of a corresponding sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 .
- optical connections between components (e.g., sleds, racks, and switches) in the data center 100 are made with a blind mate optical connection.
- a door on each cable may prevent dust from contaminating the fiber inside the cable.
- the door is pushed open when the end of the cable enters the connector mechanism. Subsequently, the optical fiber inside the cable enters a gel within the connector mechanism and the optical fiber of one cable comes into contact with the optical fiber of another cable within the gel inside the connector mechanism.
- the illustrative rack 240 also includes a fan array 370 coupled to the cross-support arms of the rack 240 .
- the fan array 370 includes one or more rows of cooling fans 372 , which are aligned in a horizontal line between the elongated support posts 302 , 304 .
- the fan array 370 includes a row of cooling fans 372 for each sled slot 320 of the rack 240 .
- each sled 400 does not include any on-board cooling system in the illustrative embodiment and, as such, the fan array 370 provides cooling for each sled 400 received in the rack 240 .
- Each rack 240 also includes a power supply associated with each sled slot 320 .
- Each power supply is secured to one of the elongated support arms 312 of the pair 310 of elongated support arms 312 that define the corresponding sled slot 320 .
- the rack 240 may include a power supply coupled or secured to each elongated support arm 312 extending from the elongated support post 302 .
- Each power supply includes a power connector configured to mate with a power connector of the sled 400 when the sled 400 is received in the corresponding sled slot 320 .
- the sled 400 does not include any on-board power supply and, as such, the power supplies provided in the rack 240 supply power to corresponding sleds 400 when mounted to the rack 240 .
- each sled 400 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to be mounted in a corresponding rack 240 of the data center 100 as discussed above.
- each sled 400 may be optimized or otherwise configured for performing particular tasks, such as compute tasks, acceleration tasks, data storage tasks, etc.
- the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 8-9 , an accelerator sled 1000 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 10-11 , a storage sled 1200 as discussed below in regard to FIGS. 12-13 , or as a sled optimized or otherwise configured to perform other specialized tasks, such as a memory sled 1400 , discussed below in regard to FIG. 14 .
- the illustrative sled 400 includes a chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which supports various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) mounted thereon.
- the circuit board substrate 602 is “chassis-less” in that the sled 400 does not include a housing or enclosure. Rather, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is open to the local environment.
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 may be formed from any material capable of supporting the various electrical components mounted thereon.
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is formed from an FR- 4 glass-reinforced epoxy laminate material. Of course, other materials may be used to form the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 in other embodiments.
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes multiple features that improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 does not include a housing or enclosure, which may improve the airflow over the electrical components of the sled 400 by reducing those structures that may inhibit air flow.
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is not positioned in an individual housing or enclosure, there is no backplane (e.g., a backplate of the chassis) to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which could inhibit air flow across the electrical components.
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a geometric shape configured to reduce the length of the airflow path across the electrical components mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the illustrative chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width 604 that is greater than a depth 606 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 has a width of about 21 inches and a depth of about 9 inches, compared to a typical server that has a width of about 17 inches and a depth of about 39 inches.
- an airflow path 608 that extends from a front edge 610 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 toward a rear edge 612 has a shorter distance relative to typical servers, which may improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the sled 400 .
- the various physical resources mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 are mounted in corresponding locations such that no two substantively heat-producing electrical components shadow each other as discussed in more detail below.
- no two electrical components which produce appreciable heat during operation (i.e., greater than a nominal heat sufficient enough to adversely impact the cooling of another electrical component), are mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 linearly in-line with each other along the direction of the airflow path 608 (i.e., along a direction extending from the front edge 610 toward the rear edge 612 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 ).
- the illustrative sled 400 includes one or more physical resources 620 mounted to a top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the physical resources 620 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or other compute circuit capable of performing various tasks such as compute functions and/or controlling the functions of the sled 400 depending on, for example, the type or intended functionality of the sled 400 .
- the physical resources 620 may be embodied as high-performance processors in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a compute sled, as accelerator co-processors or circuits in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as an accelerator sled, storage controllers in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a storage sled, or a set of memory devices in embodiments in which the sled 400 is embodied as a memory sled.
- the sled 400 also includes one or more additional physical resources 630 mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the additional physical resources include a network interface controller (NIC) as discussed in more detail below.
- NIC network interface controller
- the physical resources 630 may include additional or other electrical components, circuits, and/or devices in other embodiments.
- the physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the physical resources 630 via an input/output (I/O) subsystem 622 .
- the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the physical resources 620 , the physical resources 630 , and/or other components of the sled 400 .
- the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations.
- the I/O subsystem 622 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a double data rate 4 (DDR4) data bus or a DDRS data bus.
- DDR4 double data rate 4
- the sled 400 may also include a resource-to-resource interconnect 624 .
- the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating resource-to-resource communications.
- the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
- the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to resource-to-resource communications.
- QPI QuickPath Interconnect
- UPI UltraPath Interconnect
- the sled 400 also includes a power connector 640 configured to mate with a corresponding power connector of the rack 240 when the sled 400 is mounted in the corresponding rack 240 .
- the sled 400 receives power from a power supply of the rack 240 via the power connector 640 to supply power to the various electrical components of the sled 400 . That is, the sled 400 does not include any local power supply (i.e., an on-board power supply) to provide power to the electrical components of the sled 400 .
- the exclusion of a local or on-board power supply facilitates the reduction in the overall footprint of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , which may increase the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above.
- power is provided to the processors 820 through vias directly under the processors 820 (e.g., through the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 ), providing an increased thermal budget, additional current and/or voltage, and better voltage control over typical boards.
- the sled 400 may also include mounting features 642 configured to mate with a mounting arm, or other structure, of a robot to facilitate the placement of the sled 600 in a rack 240 by the robot.
- the mounting features 642 may be embodied as any type of physical structures that allow the robot to grasp the sled 400 without damaging the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 or the electrical components mounted thereto.
- the mounting features 642 may be embodied as non-conductive pads attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the mounting features may be embodied as brackets, braces, or other similar structures attached to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the particular number, shape, size, and/or make-up of the mounting feature 642 may depend on the design of the robot configured to manage the sled 400 .
- the sled 400 in addition to the physical resources 630 mounted on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , the sled 400 also includes one or more memory devices 720 mounted to a bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . That is, the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board.
- the physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to the memory devices 720 via the I/O subsystem 622 .
- the physical resources 620 and the memory devices 720 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- Each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, each physical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to each memory devices 720 .
- the memory devices 720 may be embodied as any type of memory device capable of storing data for the physical resources 620 during operation of the sled 400 , such as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory.
- Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium.
- Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static random access memory (SRAM).
- RAM random access memory
- DRAM dynamic random access memory
- SRAM static random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org).
- LPDDR Low Power DDR
- Such standards may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
- the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies.
- a memory device may also include next-generation nonvolatile devices, such as Intel 3D XPointTM memory or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices.
- the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory.
- PCM Phase Change Memory
- MRAM magnetoresistive random access memory
- MRAM magnetoresistive random access memory
- STT spin transfer torque
- the memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
- the memory device may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
- the sled 400 may be embodied as a compute sled 800 .
- the compute sled 800 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform compute tasks.
- the compute sled 800 may rely on other sleds, such as acceleration sleds and/or storage sleds, to perform such compute tasks.
- the compute sled 800 includes various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) similar to the physical resources of the sled 400 , which have been identified in FIG. 8 using the same reference numbers.
- the description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6 and 7 applies to the corresponding components of the compute sled 800 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the compute sled 800 .
- the physical resources 620 are embodied as processors 820 . Although only two processors 820 are shown in FIG. 8 , it should be appreciated that the compute sled 800 may include additional processors 820 in other embodiments.
- the processors 820 are embodied as high-performance processors 820 and may be configured to operate at a relatively high power rating. Although the processors 820 generate additional heat operating at power ratings greater than typical processors (which operate at around 155-230 W), the enhanced thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above facilitate the higher power operation.
- the processors 820 are configured to operate at a power rating of at least 250 W. In some embodiments, the processors 820 may be configured to operate at a power rating of at least 350 W.
- the compute sled 800 may also include a processor-to-processor interconnect 842 .
- the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating processor-to-processor interconnect 842 communications.
- the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
- processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- QPI QuickPath Interconnect
- UPI UltraPath Interconnect
- point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- the compute sled 800 also includes a communication circuit 830 .
- the illustrative communication circuit 830 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 832 , which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI).
- NIC network interface controller
- HFI host fabric interface
- the NIC 832 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, any type of integrated circuit, discrete circuits, controller chips, chipsets, add-in-boards, daughtercards, network interface cards, other devices that may be used by the compute sled 800 to connect with another compute device (e.g., with other sleds 400 ).
- the NIC 832 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors.
- the NIC 832 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 832 .
- the local processor of the NIC 832 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the processors 820 .
- the local memory of the NIC 832 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
- the communication circuit 830 is communicatively coupled to an optical data connector 834 .
- the optical data connector 834 is configured to mate with a corresponding optical data connector of the rack 240 when the compute sled 800 is mounted in the rack 240 .
- the optical data connector 834 includes a plurality of optical fibers which lead from a mating surface of the optical data connector 834 to an optical transceiver 836 .
- the optical transceiver 836 is configured to convert incoming optical signals from the rack-side optical data connector to electrical signals and to convert electrical signals to outgoing optical signals to the rack-side optical data connector.
- the optical transceiver 836 may form a portion of the communication circuit 830 in other embodiments.
- the compute sled 800 may also include an expansion connector 840 .
- the expansion connector 840 is configured to mate with a corresponding connector of an expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate to provide additional physical resources to the compute sled 800 .
- the additional physical resources may be used, for example, by the processors 820 during operation of the compute sled 800 .
- the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may be substantially similar to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 discussed above and may include various electrical components mounted thereto. The particular electrical components mounted to the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may depend on the intended functionality of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate.
- the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may provide additional compute resources, memory resources, and/or storage resources.
- the additional physical resources of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may include, but is not limited to, processors, memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
- processors memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
- security co-processors graphics processing units (GPUs)
- GPUs graphics processing units
- machine learning circuits or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
- the processors 820 , communication circuit 830 , and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- Any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the physical resources of the compute sled 800 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the various physical resources may be mounted in corresponding sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, or brackets.
- some of the electrical components may be directly mounted to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 via soldering or similar techniques.
- the individual processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other.
- the processors 820 and communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those physical resources are linearly in-line with others along the direction of the airflow path 608 .
- the optical data connector 834 is in-line with the communication circuit 830 , the optical data connector 834 produces no or nominal heat during operation.
- the memory devices 720 of the compute sled 800 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400 . Although mounted to the bottom side 750 , the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the processors 820 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 . Because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the processors 820 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . Of course, each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one or more memory devices 720 in some embodiments.
- each processor 820 may be communicatively coupled to each memory device 720 .
- the memory devices 720 may be mounted to one or more memory mezzanines on the bottom side of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 and may interconnect with a corresponding processor 820 through a ball-grid array.
- Each of the processors 820 includes a heatsink 850 secured thereto. Due to the mounting of the memory devices 720 to the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 (as well as the vertical spacing of the sleds 400 in the corresponding rack 240 ), the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 includes additional “free” area or space that facilitates the use of heatsinks 850 having a larger size relative to traditional heatsinks used in typical servers. Additionally, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 , none of the processor heatsinks 850 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 850 is embodied as a fan-less heatsinks.
- the sled 400 may be embodied as an accelerator sled 1000 .
- the accelerator sled 1000 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform specialized compute tasks, such as machine learning, encryption, hashing, or other computational-intensive task.
- a compute sled 800 may offload tasks to the accelerator sled 1000 during operation.
- the accelerator sled 1000 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 10 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the accelerator sled 1000 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the accelerator sled 1000 .
- the physical resources 620 are embodied as accelerator circuits 1020 .
- the accelerator sled 1000 may include additional accelerator circuits 1020 in other embodiments.
- the accelerator sled 1000 may include four accelerator circuits 1020 in some embodiments.
- the accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as any type of processor, co-processor, compute circuit, or other device capable of performing compute or processing operations.
- the accelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
- FPGA field programmable gate arrays
- ASICs application-specific integrated circuits
- GPUs graphics processing units
- machine learning circuits or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits.
- the accelerator sled 1000 may also include an accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 . Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 600 discussed above, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating accelerator-to-accelerator communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
- the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- the accelerator circuits 1020 may be daisy-chained with a primary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through the I/O subsystem 622 and a secondary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to the NIC 832 and memory 720 through a primary accelerator circuit 1020 .
- FIG. 11 an illustrative embodiment of the accelerator sled 1000 is shown.
- the accelerator circuits 1020 , communication circuit 830 , and optical data connector 834 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- the individual accelerator circuits 1020 and communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other as discussed above.
- the memory devices 720 of the accelerator sled 1000 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 600 .
- each of the accelerator circuits 1020 may include a heatsink 1070 that is larger than a traditional heatsink used in a server. As discussed above with reference to the heatsinks 870 , the heatsinks 1070 may be larger than tradition heatsinks because of the “free” area provided by the memory devices 750 being located on the bottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 rather than on the top side 650 .
- the sled 400 may be embodied as a storage sled 1200 .
- the storage sled 1200 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to store data in a data storage 1250 local to the storage sled 1200 .
- a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may store and retrieve data from the data storage 1250 of the storage sled 1200 .
- the storage sled 1200 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 12 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7 , and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the storage sled 1200 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the storage sled 1200 .
- the physical resources 620 are embodied as storage controllers 1220 . Although only two storage controllers 1220 are shown in FIG. 12 , it should be appreciated that the storage sled 1200 may include additional storage controllers 1220 in other embodiments.
- the storage controllers 1220 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the storage and retrieval of data into the data storage 1250 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830 .
- the storage controllers 1220 are embodied as relatively low-power processors or controllers.
- the storage controllers 1220 may be configured to operate at a power rating of about 75 watts.
- the storage sled 1200 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 .
- the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications.
- the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
- controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- QPI QuickPath Interconnect
- UPI UltraPath Interconnect
- point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- the data storage 1250 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a storage cage 1252 configured to house one or more solid state drives (SSDs) 1254 .
- the storage cage 1252 includes a number of mounting slots 1256 , each of which is configured to receive a corresponding solid state drive 1254 .
- Each of the mounting slots 1256 includes a number of drive guides 1258 that cooperate to define an access opening 1260 of the corresponding mounting slot 1256 .
- the storage cage 1252 is secured to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that the access openings face away from (i.e., toward the front of) the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- solid state drives 1254 are accessible while the storage sled 1200 is mounted in a corresponding rack 204 .
- a solid state drive 1254 may be swapped out of a rack 240 (e.g., via a robot) while the storage sled 1200 remains mounted in the corresponding rack 240 .
- the storage cage 1252 illustratively includes sixteen mounting slots 1256 and is capable of mounting and storing sixteen solid state drives 1254 .
- the storage cage 1252 may be configured to store additional or fewer solid state drives 1254 in other embodiments.
- the solid state drivers are mounted vertically in the storage cage 1252 , but may be mounted in the storage cage 1252 in a different orientation in other embodiments.
- Each solid state drive 1254 may be embodied as any type of data storage device capable of storing long term data. To do so, the solid state drives 1254 may include volatile and non-volatile memory devices discussed above.
- the storage controllers 1220 , the communication circuit 830 , and the optical data connector 834 are illustratively mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 .
- any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the electrical components of the storage sled 1200 to the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 including, for example, sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, brackets, soldered connections, and/or other mounting or securing techniques.
- the individual storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted to the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other.
- the storage controllers 1220 and the communication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on the top side 650 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those electrical components are linearly in-line with other along the direction of the airflow path 608 .
- the memory devices 720 of the storage sled 1200 are mounted to the bottom side 750 of the of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 400 . Although mounted to the bottom side 750 , the memory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to the storage controllers 1220 located on the top side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 . Again, because the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, the memory devices 720 and the storage controllers 1220 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 . Each of the storage controllers 1220 includes a heatsink 1270 secured thereto.
- each of the heatsinks 1270 includes cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 1270 is embodied as a fan-less heatsink.
- the sled 400 may be embodied as a memory sled 1400 .
- the storage sled 1400 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to provide other sleds 400 (e.g., compute sleds 800 , accelerator sleds 1000 , etc.) with access to a pool of memory (e.g., in two or more sets 1430 , 1432 of memory devices 720 ) local to the memory sled 1200 .
- a compute sled 800 or an accelerator sled 1000 may remotely write to and/or read from one or more of the memory sets 1430 , 1432 of the memory sled 1200 using a logical address space that maps to physical addresses in the memory sets 1430 , 1432 .
- the memory sled 1400 includes various components similar to components of the sled 400 and/or the compute sled 800 , which have been identified in FIG. 14 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard to FIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of the memory sled 1400 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of the memory sled 1400 .
- the physical resources 620 are embodied as memory controllers 1420 . Although only two memory controllers 1420 are shown in FIG. 14 , it should be appreciated that the memory sled 1400 may include additional memory controllers 1420 in other embodiments.
- the memory controllers 1420 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the writing and reading of data into the memory sets 1430 , 1432 based on requests received via the communication circuit 830 .
- each storage controller 1220 is connected to a corresponding memory set 1430 , 1432 to write to and read from memory devices 720 within the corresponding memory set 1430 , 1432 and enforce any permissions (e.g., read, write, etc.) associated with sled 400 that has sent a request to the memory sled 1400 to perform a memory access operation (e.g., read or write).
- a memory access operation e.g., read or write
- the memory sled 1400 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 .
- the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications.
- the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622 ).
- the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications.
- a memory controller 1420 may access, through the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 , memory that is within the memory set 1432 associated with another memory controller 1420 .
- a scalable memory controller is made of multiple smaller memory controllers, referred to herein as “chiplets”, on a memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1400 ).
- the chiplets may be interconnected (e.g., using EMIB (Embedded Multi-Die Interconnect Bridge)).
- the combined chiplet memory controller may scale up to a relatively large number of memory controllers and I/O ports, (e.g., up to 16 memory channels).
- the memory controllers 1420 may implement a memory interleave (e.g., one memory address is mapped to the memory set 1430 , the next memory address is mapped to the memory set 1432 , and the third address is mapped to the memory set 1430 , etc.).
- the interleaving may be managed within the memory controllers 1420 , or from CPU sockets (e.g., of the compute sled 800 ) across network links to the memory sets 1430 , 1432 , and may improve the latency associated with performing memory access operations as compared to accessing contiguous memory addresses from the same memory device.
- the memory sled 1400 may be connected to one or more other sleds 400 (e.g., in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 ) through a waveguide, using the waveguide connector 1480 .
- the waveguides are 64 millimeter waveguides that provide 16 Rx (i.e., receive) lanes and 16 Rt (i.e., transmit) lanes.
- Each lane in the illustrative embodiment, is either 16 Ghz or 32 Ghz. In other embodiments, the frequencies may be different.
- Using a waveguide may provide high throughput access to the memory pool (e.g., the memory sets 1430 , 1432 ) to another sled (e.g., a sled 400 in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400 ) without adding to the load on the optical data connector 834 .
- the memory pool e.g., the memory sets 1430 , 1432
- another sled e.g., a sled 400 in the same rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400
- the system 1510 includes an orchestrator server 1520 , which may be embodied as a managed node comprising a compute device (e.g., a compute sled 800 ) executing management software (e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack) that is communicatively coupled to multiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each similar to the compute sled 800 ), memory sleds 1540 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1400 ), accelerator sleds 1550 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1000 ), and storage sleds 1560 (e.g., each similar to the storage sled 1200 ).
- a compute device e.g., a compute sled 800
- management software e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack
- multiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each
- One or more of the sleds 1530 , 1540 , 1550 , 1560 may be grouped into a managed node 1570 , such as by the orchestrator server 1520 , to collectively perform a workload (e.g., an application 1532 executed in a virtual machine or in a container).
- the managed node 1570 may be embodied as an assembly of physical resources 620 , such as processors 820 , memory resources 720 , accelerator circuits 1020 , or data storage 1250 , from the same or different sleds 400 .
- the managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1520 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node.
- the orchestrator server 1520 may selectively allocate and/or deallocate physical resources 620 from the sleds 400 and/or add or remove one or more sleds 400 from the managed node 1570 as a function of quality of service (QoS) targets (e.g., performance targets associated with a throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) associated with a service level agreement for the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ).
- QoS quality of service
- the orchestrator server 1520 may receive telemetry data indicative of performance conditions (e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) in each sled 400 of the managed node 1570 and compare the telemetry data to the quality of service targets to determine whether the quality of service targets are being satisfied. If the so, the orchestrator server 1520 may additionally determine whether one or more physical resources may be deallocated from the managed node 1570 while still satisfying the QoS targets, thereby freeing up those physical resources for use in another managed node (e.g., to execute a different workload). Alternatively, if the QoS targets are not presently satisfied, the orchestrator server 1520 may determine to dynamically allocate additional physical resources to assist in the execution of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ) while the workload is executing
- performance conditions e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.
- the orchestrator server 1520 may identify trends in the resource utilization of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ), such as by identifying phases of execution (e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed) of the workload (e.g., the application 1532 ) and pre-emptively identifying available resources in the data center 100 and allocating them to the managed node 1570 (e.g., within a predefined time period of the associated phase beginning).
- phases of execution e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed
- the orchestrator server 1520 may model performance based on various latencies and a distribution scheme to place workloads among compute sleds and other resources (e.g., accelerator sleds, memory sleds, storage sleds) in the data center 100 .
- the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize a model that accounts for the performance of resources on the sleds 400 (e.g., FPGA performance, memory access latency, etc.) and the performance (e.g., congestion, latency, bandwidth) of the path through the network to the resource (e.g., FPGA).
- the orchestrator server 1520 may determine which resource(s) should be used with which workloads based on the total latency associated with each potential resource available in the data center 100 (e.g., the latency associated with the performance of the resource itself in addition to the latency associated with the path through the network between the compute sled executing the workload and the sled 400 on which the resource is located).
- the orchestrator server 1520 may generate a map of heat generation in the data center 100 using telemetry data (e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.) reported from the sleds 400 and allocate resources to managed nodes as a function of the map of heat generation and predicted heat generation associated with different workloads, to maintain a target temperature and heat distribution in the data center 100 .
- telemetry data e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.
- the orchestrator server 1520 may organize received telemetry data into a hierarchical model that is indicative of a relationship between the managed nodes (e.g., a spatial relationship such as the physical locations of the resources of the managed nodes within the data center 100 and/or a functional relationship, such as groupings of the managed nodes by the customers the managed nodes provide services for, the types of functions typically performed by the managed nodes, managed nodes that typically share or exchange workloads among each other, etc.). Based on differences in the physical locations and resources in the managed nodes, a given workload may exhibit different resource utilizations (e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity) across the resources of different managed nodes.
- resource utilizations e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity
- the orchestrator server 1520 may determine the differences based on the telemetry data stored in the hierarchical model and factor the differences into a prediction of future resource utilization of a workload if the workload is reassigned from one managed node to another managed node, to accurately balance resource utilization in the data center 100 .
- the orchestrator server 1520 may send self-test information to the sleds 400 to enable each sled 400 to locally (e.g., on the sled 400 ) determine whether telemetry data generated by the sled 400 satisfies one or more conditions (e.g., an available capacity that satisfies a predefined threshold, a temperature that satisfies a predefined threshold, etc.). Each sled 400 may then report back a simplified result (e.g., yes or no) to the orchestrator server 1520 , which the orchestrator server 1520 may utilize in determining the allocation of resources to managed nodes.
- a simplified result e.g., yes or no
- a system 1610 similar to the system 1510 , for interleaving memory across one or more shared memory pools includes an orchestrator server 1620 communicatively coupled to multiple sleds.
- the sleds include a set of compute sleds 1630 , which includes compute sleds 1632 and 1634 .
- the sleds also include memory sleds 1640 and 1650 .
- Each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 include a memory controller used to connect with byte-addressable memory devices residing on the respective sled.
- the memory controllers on the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 may form a memory pool controller 1660 .
- the memory controller of a single memory sled may form the memory pool controller 1660 (e.g., while still servicing multiple compute sleds 1632 , 1634 ). Further, the memory devices on each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 together may form a memory pool 1670 .
- the memory pool controller 1660 may include access control logic that selectively provides access to memory within the memory pool 1670 to the compute sleds 1630 , for use by workloads executed by the compute sleds 1630 .
- One or more of the sleds 1630 or 1640 may be grouped into a managed node, such as by the orchestrator server 1620 , to collectively perform one or more workloads, such as in virtual machines or containers, on behalf of a user of the client device 1614 .
- a managed node may be embodied as an assembly of resources, such as compute resources, memory resources, storage resources, or other resources, from the same or different sleds or racks. Further, a managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by the orchestrator server 1620 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may support a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack.
- the memory sled 1640 establishes address spaces in the memory pool 1670 for use by each compute sled 1630 in the execution of the workloads.
- the memory sled 1640 may enable multiple of the compute sleds 1630 to access the same memory regions (e.g., memory at the same physical memory address), thereby eliminating the requirement for the compute sleds 1630 to maintain local copies of the data in their local memory.
- the memory sled 1640 may exclude compute sleds 1630 from accessing certain data in the memory that (e.g., data utilized by a given workload that is unrelated to other workloads).
- the system 1610 enables more efficient use of memory among multiple compute devices (e.g., compute sled 1630 ) in a data center as compared to typical systems.
- the memory pool 1670 and the compute sleds 1630 utilize memory interleaving (e.g., utilizing a contiguous address space that maps to alternate memory devices) to increase the speed at which memory access operations are performed, thereby improving the speed at which workloads are executed.
- the compute sled 1632 includes central processing units (CPUs) 1680 and 1682 , and the compute sled 1634 includes CPUs 1684 and 1686 .
- each of the CPUs 1680 , 1682 , 1684 , and 1686 are connected with the memory pool controller 1660 through a primary link (e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.) 1690 , 1692 , 1694 , 1696 between the CPU and the memory pool controller 1660 .
- a primary link e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.
- each of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 may communicate with one another, such as through an interconnect bus.
- Each compute sled 1630 may determine an interleaving configuration that alternates communication links from a given CPU to the memory pool controller 1660 .
- the interleaving configuration may expose a memory address space local to a given compute sled 1630 , where a first memory address uses a first communication link, a second memory address (e.g., immediately following the first memory address) uses a second communication link, a third memory address (e.g., immediately following the second memory address) uses the first communication link, and so on, such that the accesses to sequential memory addresses actually result in data access operations occurring on different communication links.
- the memory pool controller 1660 also may interleave access across the various memory devices of the memory pool 1670 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may send a request to the memory pool controller 1660 to allocate one or more memory address ranges to a compute sled 1630 .
- the request may specify various parameters, such as an amount of memory to be allocated to the compute sled 1630 , memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , whether to enable memory interleaving, and the like.
- the memory pool controller 1660 determines an interleaving configuration based on one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , such as bandwidth characteristics of the CPUs 1680 and 1682 and/or a Quality of Service (QoS) target associated with a group of customers having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory pool controller 1660 may select, as a function of the determined interleaving configuration, a subset of memory devices in the memory pool 1670 for access by the compute sled 1630 . Further, the memory pool controller 1660 may then expose a memory address space to the compute sled 1630 that interleaves read/write access to each of the subset of memory devices.
- the memory devices of the subset may have characteristics that satisfy QoS targets.
- the subset may include memory devices that provide for relatively quick read/write access. For example, a given memory address may map to a location on a first memory device, followed by a subsequent memory address mapping to a location on a second memory device, and so on, such that each memory address is mapped in an interleaved fashion to each of the subset of memory devices.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may adjust the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may obtain telemetry data associated with the compute sled 1630 to the memory pool 1670 relating to memory access under the present interleaving configuration.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate the data against one or more QoS targets to determine whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS targets.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may measure a memory throughput associated with the compute sled 1630 relative to the memory pool 1670 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate whether the memory throughput falls below, is within, or exceeds a QoS target for the memory throughput.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may, based on the evaluation, modify the interleaving configuration of the memory pool 1670 for the compute sled 1630 such that the memory throughput is within the target QoS. For instance, the orchestrator server 1620 may cause the memory sled 1640 to include additional memory devices in the interleaving configuration, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally higher access speed, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally lower access speed, and the like.
- a compute sled 1630 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving an allocation of memory addresses to the memory pool 1670 , determining a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more CPU memory links, configuring the memory interleaving as a function of the determination, and performing read/write operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 using the configured interleaving.
- the illustrative compute sled 1630 includes a compute engine 1702 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1708 , communication circuitry 1710 , and one or more data storage devices 1714 .
- the compute sled 1630 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.), such as peripheral devices.
- one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
- the compute engine 1702 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below.
- the compute engine 1702 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, an FPGA, a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device.
- the compute engine 1702 includes or is embodied as a processor 1704 and a memory 1706 .
- the processor 1704 may be embodied as one or more processors, each processor being a type capable of performing the functions described herein.
- the processor 1704 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit.
- the processor 1704 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an ASIC, reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein.
- the processor 1704 includes a memory interleave logic unit 1720 , which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., a processor, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), etc.) capable of configuring memory links of the processor 1704 according to a determined interleaving configuration.
- the memory 1706 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein.
- Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium.
- Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as DRAM or static random access memory (SRAM).
- RAM random access memory
- SRAM static random access memory
- SDRAM synchronous dynamic random access memory
- DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org).
- LPDDR Low Power DDR
- Such standards may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces.
- the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies.
- a memory device may also include future generation nonvolatile devices, such as a three dimensional crosspoint memory device (e.g., Intel 3D XPointTM memory), or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices.
- the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory.
- the memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
- 3D crosspoint memory may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
- all or a portion of the memory 1706 may be integrated into the processor 1704 .
- the memory 1706 may store various software and data (e.g., memory map data, interleave policy data) used during operation of the compute sled in the system 1610 .
- the compute engine 1702 is communicatively coupled with other components of other compute sleds 1630 and the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 via the I/O subsystem 1708 , which may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with the processor 1704 and/or the memory 1706 ) and other components of the compute sled 1630 .
- the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with the processor 1704 and/or the memory 1706 ) and other components of the compute sled 1630 .
- the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations.
- the I/O subsystem 1708 may form a portion of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) and be incorporated, along with one or more of the processor 1704 , the memory 1706 , and other components of the compute sled 1630 , into the compute engine 1702 .
- SoC system-on-a-chip
- the communication circuitry 1710 may be embodied as any communication circuit, device, or collection thereof, capable of enabling communications over the network 1612 between the compute sled 1630 and another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , memory sleds 1640 and 1650 , etc.).
- the communication circuitry 1710 may be configured to use any one or more communication technology (e.g., wired or wireless communications) and associated protocols (e.g., Ethernet, Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi®, WiMAX, etc.) to effect such communication.
- the illustrative communication circuitry 1710 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 1712 , which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI).
- NIC network interface controller
- HFI host fabric interface
- the NIC 1712 may be embodied as one or more add-in-boards, daughter cards, network interface cards, controller chips, chipsets, or other devices that may be used by the compute sled 1630 to connect with another compute device (e.g., other compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.).
- the NIC 1712 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors.
- SoC system-on-a-chip
- the NIC 1712 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to the NIC 1712 .
- the local processor of the NIC 1712 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of the compute engine 1702 described herein.
- the local memory of the NIC 1712 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled 1630 at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels.
- the one or more illustrative data storage devices 1714 may be embodied as any type of devices configured for short-term or long-term storage of data such as, for example, memory devices and circuits, memory cards, hard disk drives (HDDs), solid-state drives (SSDs), or other data storage devices.
- Each data storage device 1714 may include a system partition that stores data and firmware code for the data storage device 1714 .
- Each data storage device 1714 may also include an operating system partition that stores data files and executables for an operating system.
- the memory sled 1640 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving a request to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to a compute sled (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630 ), determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630 , and configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- a compute sled e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630
- determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled 1630
- configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- the illustrative memory sled 1640 includes a compute engine 1802 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1804 , and communication circuitry 1806 .
- the memory sled 1640 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
- the compute engine 1802 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below.
- the compute engine 1802 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device.
- the compute engine 1802 includes or is embodied as the memory pool controller 1660 and the memory pool 1670 (also referred to herein as memory).
- the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as any type of device or circuitry capable of performing the functions described herein.
- the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit.
- the memory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein.
- ASIC application specific integrated circuit
- the memory pool controller 1660 includes one or more channel interleave logic units 1820 , which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., processor(s), ASICs, FPGAs, etc.) capable of selectively enabling access (e.g., read access and/or write access) to regions of memory addresses of the memory 1670 to each compute sled 1630 , each memory address mapping to a memory device of the memory pool 1670 in an interleaved manner
- the memory 1670 may be embodied as multiple (e.g., a pool of) memory devices of the types described with reference to the memory 1706 .
- the compute engine 1802 is communicatively coupled to other components of the memory sled 1640 via the I/O subsystem 1804 , which is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
- the I/O subsystem 1804 in addition to facilitating communications between the compute engine 1802 and other components of the memory sled 1640 , also facilitates communication with the CPUs 1680 , 1682 , 1684 , 1686 of the compute sleds 1630 through the links 1690 , 1692 , 1694 , 1696 .
- the communication circuitry 1806 may be similar to the communication circuitry 1710 of the compute sled 1630 and, in the illustrative embodiment, further includes a NIC 1808 , which may be used to receive management communications from the orchestrator server 1620 .
- the memory sled 1640 may also include one or more data storage devices 1810 , which may be similar to the data storage devices 1714 described relative to the compute sled 1630 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including determining a target QoS for the compute sled 1630 , determining whether a presently configured interleaving configuration on the compute sled 1630 satisfies the target QoS, and modifying the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- the illustrative orchestrator server 1620 includes a compute engine 1902 , an input/output (I/O) subsystem 1908 , communication circuitry 1910 , and one or more data storage devices 1914 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component.
- the compute engine 1902 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below, and is similar to the compute engine 1702 of FIG. 17 .
- the processor 1904 may be embodied as one or more processors, and is similar to the processor 1704 described relative to FIG. 17 .
- the memory 1906 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., DRAM, etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. In operation, the memory 1906 may store various software and data used during operation.
- the I/O subsystem 1908 is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
- the communication circuitry 1910 which, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a NIC 1912 , is similar to the communication circuitry 1710 and NIC 1712 described with reference to FIG. 17 . Additionally, the data storage devices 1914 are similar to the data storage devices 1714 described with reference to FIG. 17 .
- the memory sled 1650 and client device 1614 may have components similar to those described in FIGS. 17-19 . Further, it should be appreciated that any of the memory sleds 1640 , 1650 , the compute sleds 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , or the client device 1614 may include other components, sub-components, and devices commonly found in a computing device, which are not discussed above in reference to the compute sled 1630 , memory sled 1640 , and orchestrator server 1620 and not discussed herein for clarity of the description.
- the orchestrator server 1620 , the sleds 1630 , 1640 , 1650 , and the client device 1614 are illustratively in communication via the network 1612 , which may be embodied as any type of wired or wireless communication network, including global networks (e.g., the Internet), local area networks (LANs) or wide area networks (WANs), cellular networks (e.g., Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), 3G, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), etc.), digital subscriber line (DSL) networks, cable networks (e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.), or any combination thereof.
- GSM Global System for Mobile Communications
- LTE Long Term Evolution
- WiMAX Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access
- DSL digital subscriber line
- cable networks e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.
- the memory sled 1640 may establish an environment 2000 during operation.
- the illustrative environment 2000 includes a network communicator 2020 and a memory access manager 2030 .
- Each of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
- one or more of the components of the environment 2000 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2020 , memory access manager circuitry 2030 , etc.).
- one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2020 or memory access manager circuitry 2030 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1802 , the memory pool controller 1660 , the memory 1670 , the communication circuitry 1806 , the I/O subsystem 1804 and/or other components of the memory sled 1640 .
- the environment 1800 includes memory map data 2002 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of physical addresses of the memory 1670 and corresponding logical addresses (e.g., addresses used by the memory pool controller 1660 and the compute sleds 1630 that are mapped to all or a subset of the physical addresses).
- the environment 2000 also includes interleave policy data 2004 , which may be embodied any data defining policies for interleaving a memory address space relative to memory device access associated with one or more compute sleds 1630 .
- the illustrative environment 2000 also includes remotely accessible data 2006 which may be embodied as any data present in the memory 1670 that is available to (e.g., within an address space) provided to one or more corresponding compute sleds 1630 .
- the network communicator 2020 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the memory sled 1640 , respectively.
- the network communicator 2020 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.).
- a computing device or system e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.
- at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2020 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1806 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the
- the memory access manager 2030 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630 , where the memory addresses are configured according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like).
- the memory access manager 2030 in the illustrative embodiment, includes a memory mapper 2032 , an interleaver 2034 , a data writer 2036 , and a data reader 2038 .
- the memory mapper 2032 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to receive an allocation request from a remote compute device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 or the orchestrator server 1620 ) to allocate one or more regions of pooled byte-addressable (e.g., addressable by one or more bytes, less than a block) memory (e.g., the memory 1670 ) to one or more compute sleds 1630 and produce address space data for each compute sled indicative of the pooled byte-addressable memory accessible to the compute sled.
- the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , may specify an amount of memory to be allocated on the compute sled 1630 .
- the pooled byte-addressable memory corresponds to each of the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 (e.g., the entire memory pool 1670 ). Further, the memory mapper 2032 is configured to verify parameters of any memory access or allocation requests from the compute sled 1630 .
- the interleaver 2034 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2004 and determine, as a function of the evaluation, an interleaving configuration of the address space data produced by the memory mapper 2032 .
- the interleave policy data 2004 may specify subsets of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 to interleave based on memory characteristics and QoS targets of the compute sled 1630 , such as whether to use a given amount of memory devices, a given type of memory, and the like.
- the interleaver 2034 configures the address space data according to the interleaving configuration. For instance, the interleaver 2034 may map the address space data to the one or more compute sleds such that each successive memory address maps to a different memory device via memory channels connecting with the memory devices.
- the data writer 2036 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to write data to the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630 ) to perform a write operation at a memory address associated with the request.
- the data reader 2038 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to read data from the memory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630 ) to perform a read operation at a memory address associated with the request.
- each of the memory mapper 2032 , the interleaver 2034 , the data writer 2036 , and the data reader 2038 may be separately embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof.
- the memory mapper 2032 and interleaver 2034 may be embodied as hardware components
- the data writer 2036 and the data reader 2038 are embodied as virtualized hardware components or as some other combination of hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof.
- the compute sled 1630 may establish an environment 2100 during operation.
- the illustrative environment 2100 includes a network communicator 2120 and a memory interleaver 2130 .
- Each of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
- one or more of the components of the environment 2100 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2120 , memory interleaver circuitry 2130 , etc.).
- one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2120 or memory interleaver circuitry 2130 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1702 , processor 1704 , the main memory 1706 , the communication circuitry 1710 , the I/O subsystem 1708 and/or other components of the compute sled 1630 .
- the environment 2100 includes memory map data 2102 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between memory links of the processor 1704 to a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 .
- the environment 2100 also includes interleave policy data 2104 , which may be embodied as policies for interleaving access to the logical address space via the memory links.
- the network communicator 2120 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the compute sled 1630 , respectively.
- inbound and outbound network communications e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.
- the network communicator 2120 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., a compute sled 1630 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., memory sleds 1640 and 1650 , the orchestrator server 1620 , etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of the network communicator 2120 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1710 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1712 .
- the memory interleaver 2130 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled 1630 , where the memory addresses are mapped according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, the memory interleaver 2130 includes a receiver component 2132 , an evaluation component 2134 , and a configuration component 2136 .
- the receiver component 2132 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to obtain an allocation of memory addresses associated with the memory pool 1670 . More particularly, the receiver component 2132 may receive a notification from the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) of an allocation of logical memory address regions that provide access to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 . For instance, the memory sled 1640 may allocate the logical memory address regions in response to a request, such as from the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , or from the compute sled 1630 itself.
- the evaluation component 2134 in the illustrative embodiment is configured to evaluate the interleave policy data 2104 to determine an interleaving configuration for accessing each of the allocated memory addresses.
- the interleave policy data 2104 may specify whether to use an n-way interleaving scheme to satisfy workload requirements.
- the interleave policy data 2104 may specify an amount of memory links from a given processor 1704 to use to access the memory devices at the allocated memory addresses.
- the configuration component 2136 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to assign the allocated memory addresses to the memory links according to the evaluated interleave policy data 2104 .
- the evaluation component 2134 may determine that a 2-way interleaving should be used in view of the evaluated interleave policy data 2104 and performance targets (e.g., pursuant to a service level agreement) of one or more workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 .
- the configuration component 2136 may specify a mapping (e.g., in the memory map data 2102 ) of a memory link A of the processor 1704 to a first address in the address space, memory link B to a second address, and so on, such that links A and B alternate in mapping for each successive allocated memory address.
- the memory interleaver 2130 (or other component on the compute sled 1630 ) may perform memory access operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 under the present interleaving configuration.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may establish an environment 2200 during operation.
- the illustrative environment 2200 includes a network communicator 2220 and a resource manager 2230 .
- Each of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof.
- one or more of the components of the environment 2200 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g., network communicator circuitry 2220 , resource manager circuitry 2230 , etc.).
- one or more of the network communicator circuitry 2220 or resource manager circuitry 2230 may form a portion of one or more of the compute engine 1902 , the processor 1904 , the main memory 1906 , the communication circuitry 1910 , the I/O subsystem 1908 and/or other components of the orchestrator server 1620 .
- the environment 2200 includes memory map data 2202 , which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between a logical address space exposed by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 .
- the environment 2200 also includes QoS data 2204 , which may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a given compute sled 1630 , user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on the compute sled 1630 .
- QoS data 2204 may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a given compute sled 1630 , user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on the compute sled 1630 .
- the network communicator 2220 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from the orchestrator server 1620 , respectively.
- the network communicator 2220 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630 , the memory sled 1640 or 1650 , etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system.
- the network communicator 2220 may be performed by the communication circuitry 1910 , and, in the illustrative embodiment, by the NIC 1912 .
- the resource manager 2230 which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to determine QoS performance targets (e.g., QoS data 2204 ) associated with a compute sled 1630 , determine whether a present interleaving configuration by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 satisfies the QoS performance targets, and modify the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. To do so, the resource manager 2230 includes an evaluation component 2232 , an adjuster component 2234 , and an output component 2236 .
- QoS performance targets e.g., QoS data 2204
- the evaluation component 2232 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate the QoS data 2204 associated with a compute sled 1630 relative to the present interleaving configuration provided by the memory pool controller 1660 to the compute sled 1630 . In particular, the evaluation component 2232 may determine whether memory-related QoS targets are satisfied based on the present interleaving configuration. For example, the QoS data 2204 may specify memory throughput targets to be satisfied by the compute sled 1630 . The evaluation component 2232 may obtain, via performance monitors executing in the system 1610 , telemetry data relating to the execution of a given workload to determine present memory throughput. The evaluation component 2232 may further compare the present throughput value with the QoS data 2204 associated with a throughput target and determine whether the present value is in range of the target, exceeds a target threshold, or falls below a target threshold.
- the adjuster component 2234 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to determine a modification to the interleaving configuration set by the memory pool controller 1660 in response to determining that the present interleaving configuration results in a deviation from targets specified by the QoS data 2204 for the compute sled 1630 . For instance, if the evaluation component 2232 determines that a presently observed memory throughput falls below a corresponding QoS performance target by a specified threshold, the adjuster component 2234 may determine that additional memory devices (falling within the bounds of the QoS data 2204 ) should be included as part of the interleaving configuration.
- the adjuster component 2234 may determine that fewer memory devices should form the interleaving configuration.
- the adjuster component 2234 may determine the configuration as a function of characteristics of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 (e.g., type, speed, availability, etc.) and the QoS targets for the compute sled 1630 .
- the output component 2236 in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to generate a notification for the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) to adjust the interleaving configuration according to the determined modification.
- the notification may include, for example, an instruction for the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels connecting to the memory devices to (or from) the compute sled 1630 and configure the interleaving for the presently allocated memory channels.
- the output component 2236 is configured to send, to the compute sled 1630 , a notification of the modification of the configuration.
- the memory sled 1640 may execute a method 2300 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by a compute sled 1630 .
- the method 2300 begins in block 2302 , where the memory sled 1640 receives a request to allocate one or more memory addresses of the memory pool 1670 to the compute sled 1630 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 on behalf of the compute sled 1630 , may send the request.
- the request may provide an amount to memory to be allocated, QoS performance targets for the compute sled 1630 , and memory characteristics (e.g., CPU bandwidth, memory requirements for workloads to be processed) of the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory sled 1640 determines an interleaving configuration for the compute sled 1630 as a function of the memory characteristics and QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory sled 1640 determines a CPU bandwidth and the QoS targets associated with the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory sled 1640 may obtain such information from the request sent by the orchestrator server 1620 .
- the memory sled 1640 identifies one or more available memory channels connecting to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 to interleave as a function of the determination.
- the memory sled 1640 may evaluate memory devices of the memory pool 1670 that are available to service the request. Further, the memory sled 1640 may determine, from the available memory devices, a subset of the available memory devices that potentially satisfy QoS performance targets (e.g., based on predefined characteristics of the memory device, such as input/output speed, memory capacity, etc.).
- the memory sled 1640 configures memory pool resources (e.g., logical memory addresses each corresponding to a physical location on a given memory device in the memory pool 1670 ) according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- the memory sled 1640 exposes a logical address space having memory addresses corresponding to an interleaving of memory channels to the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 .
- the determined interleaving configuration may include channels connecting with a memory device A, a memory device B, or a memory device C.
- a first logical address may be mapped to memory device A
- a second logical address may be mapped to memory device B
- a third logical address may be mapped to memory device C, and so on, such that successive logical addresses alternative between memory devices A, B, and C.
- the memory sled 1640 sends a notification of the allocation of the memory addresses to the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory sled 1640 may also send the notification the orchestrator server 1620 in response to the request.
- the memory sled 1640 performs memory access operations on behalf of the compute sled 1630 . For instance, in block 2318 , the memory sled 1640 writes to the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has write permission. In block 2320 , the memory sled 1640 reads from the memory at addresses to which the compute sled 1630 has read permission.
- the interleaving configuration allows the memory sled 1640 to access the memory at requested locations at a relatively faster rate than if the memory address space was allocated such that contiguous memory addresses were located on a single memory device due to possible waiting times on the memory device for subsequent memory operations.
- the compute sled 1630 may execute a method 2400 for interleaving memory access to the memory pool 1670 by the processor(s) of the compute sled 1630 .
- the method 2400 begins in block 2402 , where the compute sled 1630 receives an allocation of memory addresses from the memory sled 1640 .
- the compute sled 1630 may receive the allocation in response to a request by the orchestrator server 1620 to the memory sled 1640 to provision the compute sled 1630 .
- the compute sled 1630 determines whether memory interleaving is currently enabled for use within the compute sled 1630 . For instance, memory interleaving may be enabled as part of a service level agreement (SLA) for a given user or group of users having workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 . If memory interleaving for use within the compute sled 1630 is not enabled, then the method 2400 ends. Otherwise, in block 2406 , the compute sled 1630 determines a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more links of a given processor (e.g., a CPU 1680 , 1682 ).
- a given processor e.g., a CPU 1680 , 1682
- the compute sled 1630 evaluates one or more interleaving policies associated with the processor.
- an interleaving policy may indicate that, based on present workloads to be executed on the compute sled 1630 , a given n-way interleaving should be used.
- the compute sled 1630 configures the interleaving as a function of the determination.
- the compute sled 1630 assigns each of the allocated memory addresses to one of the processor memory links according to the determined interleaving policy. The assignment is performed in an interleaved manner such that each contiguous address is assigned to a different memory link.
- the compute sled 1630 performs memory operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool using the configured interleaving. For example, the compute sled 1630 may send requests to the memory sled 1640 that includes the type of memory operation (e.g., read or write operation) and a memory address at which to perform the operation.
- the compute sled 1630 By interleaving access to the memory pool 1670 by processor memory links for contiguous memory addresses, the compute sled 1630 enables relatively faster operations to be performed on the memory (e.g., by avoiding the wait time involved with using the same memory link to access the memory pool 1670 at contiguous addresses).
- the orchestrator server 1620 may perform a method 2500 for adjusting an interleaving configuration by the memory sled 1640 (or 1650 ) for a given compute sled 1630 to satisfy one or more QoS performance targets.
- the orchestrator server 1620 determines one or more target QoS metrics for the compute sled 1630 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may evaluate predefined QoS data (e.g., QoS data 2204 ) associated with the compute sled 1630 and identify one or more targets relating to memory performance, such as memory bandwidth, throughput, input/output speed, and the like.
- the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates a present interleaving configuration of the compute sled 1630 .
- the memory sled 1640 may send a notification of a present configuration of interleaving for a compute sled 1630 to the orchestrator server 1620 when memory is allocated to the compute sled 1630 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 may observe telemetry data during execution of workloads by the compute sled 1630 (e.g., using a performance monitor executing in the system 1610 ). The telemetry data may be indicative of memory utilization metrics.
- the orchestrator server 1620 determines, based on the notification provided by the memory sled 1640 and the present execution of the workloads by the compute sled 1630 , whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS performance targets. For example, the orchestrator server 1620 determines whether presently observed metrics relating to memory fall within a specified target range, exceed a specified threshold, or fall below another specified threshold. If the present configuration satisfies the performance targets, then the method 2500 loops back to block 2504 .
- the orchestrator server 1620 modifies the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets.
- the orchestrator server 1620 causes (e.g., sends an instruction to) the memory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels to the compute sled 1630 such that the QoS performance targets are satisfied.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that additional memory devices (falling within the scope of an SLA) should be included with the interleaving configuration.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to add those devices (e.g., by providing an identifier associated with the memory devices in the instruction).
- the orchestrator server 1620 may indicate that some of the memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration should be removed therefrom.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to the memory pool controller 1660 to remove the identified devices (e.g., by identifiers associated with the memory devices).
- the orchestrator server 1620 causes the memory sled 1640 to configure interleaving for the presently allocated channels.
- the memory pool controller 1660 may reconfigure the interleaving to reflect the change in memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration.
- the orchestrator server 1620 may send a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled 1630 .
- the method 2500 returns to block 2504 , in which the orchestrator server 1620 evaluates the modified interleaving configuration during execution of the one or more workloads by the compute sled 1630 and determine whether the modified interleaving configuration satisfies the one or more QoS performance targets.
- An embodiment of the technologies disclosed herein may include any one or more, and any combination of, the examples described below.
- Example 1 includes a memory sled, comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- QoS quality of service
- Example 3 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1 and 2, and wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 4 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-3, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 5 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-4, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 6 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-5, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 7 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-6, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 8 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-7, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 9 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-8, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 10 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-9, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 11 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-10, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 12 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-11, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to configure one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 13 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-12, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 14 includes a method comprising receiving, by a memory sled, a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, determining, by the memory sled, an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and configuring, by the memory sled, the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 15 includes the subject matter of Example 14, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- QoS quality of service
- Example 16 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14 and 15, and wherein configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 17 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-16, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 18 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-17, and further including sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 19 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-18, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 20 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-19, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 21 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-20, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 22 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-21, and further including receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 23 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-22, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 24 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-23, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 25 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-24, and further including configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 26 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-25, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 27 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a memory sled to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 28 includes a memory sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 29 includes a memory sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 30 includes a memory sled comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for receiving a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled; means for determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and means for configuring the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 31 includes the subject matter of Example 30, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises means for determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and means for identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- QoS quality of service
- Example 32 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30 and 31, and wherein the means for configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises means for exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 33 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-32, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 34 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-33, and further including means for sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 35 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-34, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 36 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-35, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 37 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-36, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 38 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-37, and further including means for receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 39 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-38, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 40 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-39, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 41 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-40, and further including means for configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 42 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-41, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 43 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine having a first processor and a second processor, the compute engine to (i) receive, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of the first processor or the second processor, and (iii) configure access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration comprises to evaluate one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 45 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43 and 44, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 46 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-45, and wherein the compute engine is further to assign access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 47 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-46, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 48 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-47, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 49 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-48, and wherein the compute engine is further to determine whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 50 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-49, and wherein the compute engine is further to send a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 51 includes a method comprising receiving, by a compute sled and from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute sled, an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and configuring, by the compute sled, access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 52 includes the subject matter of Example 51, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration comprises evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 53 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51 and 52, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 54 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-53, and further including assigning, by the compute sled, access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 55 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-54, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 56 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-55, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 57 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-56, and further including determining, by the compute sled, whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 58 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-57, and further including sending, by the compute sled, a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 59 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute sled to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 60 includes a compute sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 61 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 62 includes a compute sled comprising means for receiving, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and means for configuring access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 63 includes the subject matter of Example 62, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration comprises means for evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 64 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62 and 63, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 65 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-64, and further including means for assigning access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 66 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-65, and further including means for performing a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 67 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-66, and further including means for performing a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 68 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-67, and further including means for determining whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 69 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-68, and further including means for sending a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 70 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to (i) determine a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS, and (iii) modify, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- QoS target quality of service
- Example 71 includes the subject matter of Example 70, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 72 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70 and 71, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 73 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-72, and wherein the compute engine is further to send, to the compute sled, a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration.
- Example 74 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-73, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 75 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-74, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 76 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-75, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 77 includes a method comprising determining, by a compute device, a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute device, whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- QoS target quality of service
- Example 78 includes the subject matter of Example 77, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 79 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77 and 78, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 80 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-79, and further including sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
- Example 81 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-80, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 82 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-81, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 83 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-82, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 84 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute device to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 85 includes a compute device comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 86 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 87 includes a compute device comprising means for determining a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and means for modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- QoS target quality of service
- Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 89 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87 and 88, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 90 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-89, and further including means for sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
- Example 91 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-90, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 92 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-91, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 93 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-92, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 94 includes a system comprising a compute sled; and a memory sled coupled to the compute sled, wherein the memory sled includes a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
- General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Software Systems (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
- Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
- Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
- Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
- Computer Security & Cryptography (AREA)
- Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
- Quality & Reliability (AREA)
- Computational Linguistics (AREA)
- Mathematical Physics (AREA)
- Thermal Sciences (AREA)
- Computing Systems (AREA)
- Geometry (AREA)
- Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Cooling Or The Like Of Electrical Apparatus (AREA)
- Data Exchanges In Wide-Area Networks (AREA)
- Multi Processors (AREA)
- Robotics (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Power Engineering (AREA)
- Debugging And Monitoring (AREA)
- Information Retrieval, Db Structures And Fs Structures Therefor (AREA)
- Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
- Optical Communication System (AREA)
- Storage Device Security (AREA)
- Small-Scale Networks (AREA)
Abstract
Description
- The present application claims the benefit of Indian Provisional Patent Application No. 201741030632, filed Aug. 30, 2017 and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 62/584,401, filed Nov. 10, 2017.
- In a typical compute device, any byte-addressable memory (e.g., RAM, non-volatile memory) that is to be used during the execution of an application (e.g., a workload) is local to the processor (e.g., physically installed on the compute device) and it is possible for the memory available to the compute device to fall short of the amount of memory requested by the application during one or more operations. As such, an administrator of the compute device may choose to equip the compute device with a relatively large amount of memory to account for situations in which the application may benefit from the large amount of memory (e.g., for memory intensive operations). However, for a majority of the time, a large part of memory onboard the compute device may go unused. In a data center in which multiple compute devices may be assigned workloads to execute, the costs of equipping the compute devices with relatively large amounts memory can be significant.
- The concepts described herein are illustrated by way of example and not by way of limitation in the accompanying figures. For simplicity and clarity of illustration, elements illustrated in the figures are not necessarily drawn to scale. Where considered appropriate, reference labels have been repeated among the figures to indicate corresponding or analogous elements.
-
FIG. 1 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a data center for executing workloads with disaggregated resources; -
FIG. 2 is a simplified diagram of at least one embodiment of a pod of the data center ofFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 3 is a perspective view of at least one embodiment of a rack that may be included in the pod ofFIG. 2 ; -
FIG. 4 is a side plan elevation view of the rack ofFIG. 3 ; -
FIG. 5 is a perspective view of the rack ofFIG. 3 having a sled mounted therein; -
FIG. 6 is a is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a top side of the sled ofFIG. 5 ; -
FIG. 7 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a bottom side of the sled ofFIG. 6 ; -
FIG. 8 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled usable in the data center ofFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 9 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the compute sled ofFIG. 8 ; -
FIG. 10 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an accelerator sled usable in the data center ofFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 11 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the accelerator sled ofFIG. 10 ; -
FIG. 12 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a storage sled usable in the data center ofFIG. 1 ; -
FIG. 13 is a top perspective view of at least one embodiment of the storage sled ofFIG. 12 ; -
FIG. 14 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled usable in the data center ofFIG. 1 ; and -
FIG. 15 is a simplified block diagram of a system that may be established within the data center ofFIG. 1 to execute workloads with managed nodes composed of disaggregated resources. -
FIG. 16 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a system for interleaving memory access to a shared memory pool; -
FIG. 17 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a compute sled of the system ofFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 18 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a memory sled of the system ofFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 19 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of a orchestrator server of the system ofFIG. 16 ; -
FIG. 20 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the memory sled ofFIGS. 16 and 18 ; -
FIG. 21 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the compute sled ofFIGS. 16 and 17 ; -
FIG. 22 is a simplified block diagram of at least one embodiment of an environment that may be established by the orchestrator server ofFIGS. 16 and 19 ; -
FIG. 23 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the memory sled ofFIGS. 16 and 18 ; -
FIG. 24 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for interleaving memory access by the compute sled ofFIGS. 16 and 17 ; and -
FIG. 25 is a simplified flow diagram of at least one embodiment of a method for modifying a memory interleaving configuration as a function of one or more Quality of Service (QoS) targets. - While the concepts of the present disclosure are susceptible to various modifications and alternative forms, specific embodiments thereof have been shown by way of example in the drawings and will be described herein in detail. It should be understood, however, that there is no intent to limit the concepts of the present disclosure to the particular forms disclosed, but on the contrary, the intention is to cover all modifications, equivalents, and alternatives consistent with the present disclosure and the appended claims.
- References in the specification to “one embodiment,” “an embodiment,” “an illustrative embodiment,” etc., indicate that the embodiment described may include a particular feature, structure, or characteristic, but every embodiment may or may not necessarily include that particular feature, structure, or characteristic. Moreover, such phrases are not necessarily referring to the same embodiment. Further, when a particular feature, structure, or characteristic is described in connection with an embodiment, it is submitted that it is within the knowledge of one skilled in the art to effect such feature, structure, or characteristic in connection with other embodiments whether or not explicitly described. Additionally, it should be appreciated that items included in a list in the form of “at least one A, B, and C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C). Similarly, items listed in the form of “at least one of A, B, or C” can mean (A); (B); (C); (A and B); (A and C); (B and C); or (A, B, and C).
- The disclosed embodiments may be implemented, in some cases, in hardware, firmware, software, or any combination thereof. The disclosed embodiments may also be implemented as instructions carried by or stored on a transitory or non-transitory machine-readable (e.g., computer-readable) storage medium, which may be read and executed by one or more processors. A machine-readable storage medium may be embodied as any storage device, mechanism, or other physical structure for storing or transmitting information in a form readable by a machine (e.g., a volatile or non-volatile memory, a media disc, or other media device).
- In the drawings, some structural or method features may be shown in specific arrangements and/or orderings. However, it should be appreciated that such specific arrangements and/or orderings may not be required. Rather, in some embodiments, such features may be arranged in a different manner and/or order than shown in the illustrative figures. Additionally, the inclusion of a structural or method feature in a particular figure is not meant to imply that such feature is required in all embodiments and, in some embodiments, may not be included or may be combined with other features.
- Referring now to
FIG. 1 , adata center 100 in which disaggregated resources may cooperatively execute one or more workloads (e.g., applications on behalf of customers) includesmultiple pods pod spine switches 150 that switch communications among pods (e.g., thepods data center 100. In some embodiments, the sleds may be connected with a fabric using Intel Omni-Path technology. As described in more detail herein, resources within sleds in thedata center 100 may be allocated to a group (referred to herein as a “managed node”) containing resources from one or more other sleds to be collectively utilized in the execution of a workload. The workload can execute as if the resources belonging to the managed node were located on the same sled. The resources in a managed node may even belong to sleds belonging to different racks, and even todifferent pods data center 100 provides more efficient resource usage over typical data centers comprised of hyperconverged servers containing compute, memory, storage and perhaps additional resources). As such, thedata center 100 may provide greater performance (e.g., throughput, operations per second, latency, etc.) than a typical data center that has the same number of resources. - Referring now to
FIG. 2 , thepod 110, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a set ofrows racks 240. Eachrack 240 may house multiple sleds (e.g., sixteen sleds) and provide power and data connections to the housed sleds, as described in more detail herein. In the illustrative embodiment, the racks in eachrow multiple pod switches pod switch 250 includes a set ofports 252 to which the sleds of the racks of thepod 110 are connected and another set ofports 254 that connect thepod 110 to the spine switches 150 to provide connectivity to other pods in thedata center 100. Similarly, thepod switch 260 includes a set ofports 262 to which the sleds of the racks of thepod 110 are connected and a set ofports 264 that connect thepod 110 to the spine switches 150. As such, the use of the pair ofswitches pod 110. For example, if either of theswitches pod 110 may still maintain data communication with the remainder of the data center 100 (e.g., sleds of other pods) through theother switch switches - It should be appreciated that each of the
other pods pod 110 shown in and described in regard toFIG. 2 (e.g., each pod may have rows of racks housing multiple sleds as described above). Additionally, while twopod switches pod - Referring now to
FIGS. 3-5 , eachillustrative rack 240 of thedata center 100 includes two elongated support posts 302, 304, which are arranged vertically. For example, the elongated support posts 302, 304 may extend upwardly from a floor of thedata center 100 when deployed. Therack 240 also includes one or morehorizontal pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (identified inFIG. 3 via a dashed ellipse) configured to support a sled of thedata center 100 as discussed below. Oneelongated support arm 312 of the pair ofelongated support arms 312 extends outwardly from theelongated support post 302 and the otherelongated support arm 312 extends outwardly from theelongated support post 304. - In the illustrative embodiments, each sled of the
data center 100 is embodied as a chassis-less sled. That is, each sled has a chassis-less circuit board substrate on which physical resources (e.g., processors, memory, accelerators, storage, etc.) are mounted as discussed in more detail below. As such, therack 240 is configured to receive the chassis-less sleds. For example, eachpair 310 ofelongated support arms 312 defines asled slot 320 of therack 240, which is configured to receive a corresponding chassis-less sled. To do so, each illustrativeelongated support arm 312 includes acircuit board guide 330 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of the sled. Eachcircuit board guide 330 is secured to, or otherwise mounted to, atop side 332 of the correspondingelongated support arm 312. For example, in the illustrative embodiment, eachcircuit board guide 330 is mounted at a distal end of the correspondingelongated support arm 312 relative to the correspondingelongated support post circuit board guide 330 may be referenced in each Figure. - Each
circuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines acircuit board slot 380 configured to receive the chassis-less circuit board substrate of asled 400 when thesled 400 is received in thecorresponding sled slot 320 of therack 240. To do so, as shown inFIG. 4 , a user (or robot) aligns the chassis-less circuit board substrate of anillustrative chassis-less sled 400 to asled slot 320. The user, or robot, may then slide the chassis-less circuit board substrate forward into thesled slot 320 such that eachside edge 414 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate is received in a correspondingcircuit board slot 380 of the circuit board guides 330 of thepair 310 ofelongated support arms 312 that define thecorresponding sled slot 320 as shown inFIG. 4 . By having robotically accessible and robotically manipulable sleds comprising disaggregated resources, each type of resource can be upgraded independently of each other and at their own optimized refresh rate. Furthermore, the sleds are configured to blindly mate with power and data communication cables in eachrack 240, enhancing their ability to be quickly removed, upgraded, reinstalled, and/or replaced. As such, in some embodiments, thedata center 100 may operate (e.g., execute workloads, undergo maintenance and/or upgrades, etc.) without human involvement on the data center floor. In other embodiments, a human may facilitate one or more maintenance or upgrade operations in thedata center 100. - It should be appreciated that each
circuit board guide 330 is dual sided. That is, eachcircuit board guide 330 includes an inner wall that defines acircuit board slot 380 on each side of thecircuit board guide 330. In this way, eachcircuit board guide 330 can support a chassis-less circuit board substrate on either side. As such, a single additional elongated support post may be added to therack 240 to turn therack 240 into a two-rack solution that can hold twice asmany sled slots 320 as shown inFIG. 3 . Theillustrative rack 240 includes sevenpairs 310 ofelongated support arms 312 that define a corresponding sevensled slots 320, each configured to receive and support acorresponding sled 400 as discussed above. Of course, in other embodiments, therack 240 may include additional orfewer pairs 310 of elongated support arms 312 (i.e., additional or fewer sled slots 320). It should be appreciated that because thesled 400 is chassis-less, thesled 400 may have an overall height that is different than typical servers. As such, in some embodiments, the height of eachsled slot 320 may be shorter than the height of a typical server (e.g., shorter than a single rank unit, “1U”). That is, the vertical distance between eachpair 310 ofelongated support arms 312 may be less than a standard rack unit “1U.” Additionally, due to the relative decrease in height of thesled slots 320, the overall height of therack 240 in some embodiments may be shorter than the height of traditional rack enclosures. For example, in some embodiments, each of the elongated support posts 302, 304 may have a length of six feet or less. Again, in other embodiments, therack 240 may have different dimensions. Further, it should be appreciated that therack 240 does not include any walls, enclosures, or the like. Rather, therack 240 is an enclosure-less rack that is opened to the local environment. Of course, in some cases, an end plate may be attached to one of the elongated support posts 302, 304 in those situations in which therack 240 forms an end-of-row rack in thedata center 100. - In some embodiments, various interconnects may be routed upwardly or downwardly through the elongated support posts 302, 304. To facilitate such routing, each
elongated support post sled slot 320, power interconnects to provide power to eachsled slot 320, and/or other types of interconnects. - The
rack 240, in the illustrative embodiment, includes a support platform on which a corresponding optical data connector (not shown) is mounted. Each optical data connector is associated with acorresponding sled slot 320 and is configured to mate with an optical data connector of acorresponding sled 400 when thesled 400 is received in thecorresponding sled slot 320. In some embodiments, optical connections between components (e.g., sleds, racks, and switches) in thedata center 100 are made with a blind mate optical connection. For example, a door on each cable may prevent dust from contaminating the fiber inside the cable. In the process of connecting to a blind mate optical connector mechanism, the door is pushed open when the end of the cable enters the connector mechanism. Subsequently, the optical fiber inside the cable enters a gel within the connector mechanism and the optical fiber of one cable comes into contact with the optical fiber of another cable within the gel inside the connector mechanism. - The
illustrative rack 240 also includes afan array 370 coupled to the cross-support arms of therack 240. Thefan array 370 includes one or more rows of coolingfans 372, which are aligned in a horizontal line between the elongated support posts 302, 304. In the illustrative embodiment, thefan array 370 includes a row of coolingfans 372 for eachsled slot 320 of therack 240. As discussed above, eachsled 400 does not include any on-board cooling system in the illustrative embodiment and, as such, thefan array 370 provides cooling for eachsled 400 received in therack 240. Eachrack 240, in the illustrative embodiment, also includes a power supply associated with eachsled slot 320. Each power supply is secured to one of theelongated support arms 312 of thepair 310 ofelongated support arms 312 that define thecorresponding sled slot 320. For example, therack 240 may include a power supply coupled or secured to eachelongated support arm 312 extending from theelongated support post 302. Each power supply includes a power connector configured to mate with a power connector of thesled 400 when thesled 400 is received in thecorresponding sled slot 320. In the illustrative embodiment, thesled 400 does not include any on-board power supply and, as such, the power supplies provided in therack 240 supply power to correspondingsleds 400 when mounted to therack 240. - Referring now to
FIG. 6 , thesled 400, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to be mounted in acorresponding rack 240 of thedata center 100 as discussed above. In some embodiments, eachsled 400 may be optimized or otherwise configured for performing particular tasks, such as compute tasks, acceleration tasks, data storage tasks, etc. For example, thesled 400 may be embodied as acompute sled 800 as discussed below in regard toFIGS. 8-9 , anaccelerator sled 1000 as discussed below in regard toFIGS. 10-11 , astorage sled 1200 as discussed below in regard toFIGS. 12-13 , or as a sled optimized or otherwise configured to perform other specialized tasks, such as amemory sled 1400, discussed below in regard toFIG. 14 . - As discussed above, the
illustrative sled 400 includes a chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602, which supports various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) mounted thereon. It should be appreciated that thecircuit board substrate 602 is “chassis-less” in that thesled 400 does not include a housing or enclosure. Rather, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is open to the local environment. The chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 may be formed from any material capable of supporting the various electrical components mounted thereon. For example, in an illustrative embodiment, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is formed from an FR-4 glass-reinforced epoxy laminate material. Of course, other materials may be used to form the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 in other embodiments. - As discussed in more detail below, the chassis-less
circuit board substrate 602 includes multiple features that improve the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. As discussed, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 does not include a housing or enclosure, which may improve the airflow over the electrical components of thesled 400 by reducing those structures that may inhibit air flow. For example, because the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is not positioned in an individual housing or enclosure, there is no backplane (e.g., a backplate of the chassis) to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602, which could inhibit air flow across the electrical components. Additionally, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 has a geometric shape configured to reduce the length of the airflow path across the electrical components mounted to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. For example, the illustrative chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 has awidth 604 that is greater than adepth 606 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. In one particular embodiment, for example, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 has a width of about 21 inches and a depth of about 9 inches, compared to a typical server that has a width of about 17 inches and a depth of about 39 inches. As such, anairflow path 608 that extends from afront edge 610 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 toward arear edge 612 has a shorter distance relative to typical servers, which may improve the thermal cooling characteristics of thesled 400. Furthermore, although not illustrated inFIG. 6 , the various physical resources mounted to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 are mounted in corresponding locations such that no two substantively heat-producing electrical components shadow each other as discussed in more detail below. That is, no two electrical components, which produce appreciable heat during operation (i.e., greater than a nominal heat sufficient enough to adversely impact the cooling of another electrical component), are mounted to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 linearly in-line with each other along the direction of the airflow path 608 (i.e., along a direction extending from thefront edge 610 toward therear edge 612 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602). - As discussed above, the
illustrative sled 400 includes one or morephysical resources 620 mounted to atop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Although twophysical resources 620 are shown inFIG. 6 , it should be appreciated that thesled 400 may include one, two, or morephysical resources 620 in other embodiments. Thephysical resources 620 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or other compute circuit capable of performing various tasks such as compute functions and/or controlling the functions of thesled 400 depending on, for example, the type or intended functionality of thesled 400. For example, as discussed in more detail below, thephysical resources 620 may be embodied as high-performance processors in embodiments in which thesled 400 is embodied as a compute sled, as accelerator co-processors or circuits in embodiments in which thesled 400 is embodied as an accelerator sled, storage controllers in embodiments in which thesled 400 is embodied as a storage sled, or a set of memory devices in embodiments in which thesled 400 is embodied as a memory sled. - The
sled 400 also includes one or more additionalphysical resources 630 mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. In the illustrative embodiment, the additional physical resources include a network interface controller (NIC) as discussed in more detail below. Of course, depending on the type and functionality of thesled 400, thephysical resources 630 may include additional or other electrical components, circuits, and/or devices in other embodiments. - The
physical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to thephysical resources 630 via an input/output (I/O)subsystem 622. The I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with thephysical resources 620, thephysical resources 630, and/or other components of thesled 400. For example, the I/O subsystem 622 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations. In the illustrative embodiment, the I/O subsystem 622 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, a double data rate 4 (DDR4) data bus or a DDRS data bus. - In some embodiments, the
sled 400 may also include a resource-to-resource interconnect 624. The resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating resource-to-resource communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to resource-to-resource communications. - The
sled 400 also includes apower connector 640 configured to mate with a corresponding power connector of therack 240 when thesled 400 is mounted in thecorresponding rack 240. Thesled 400 receives power from a power supply of therack 240 via thepower connector 640 to supply power to the various electrical components of thesled 400. That is, thesled 400 does not include any local power supply (i.e., an on-board power supply) to provide power to the electrical components of thesled 400. The exclusion of a local or on-board power supply facilitates the reduction in the overall footprint of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602, which may increase the thermal cooling characteristics of the various electrical components mounted on the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 as discussed above. In some embodiments, power is provided to theprocessors 820 through vias directly under the processors 820 (e.g., through thebottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602), providing an increased thermal budget, additional current and/or voltage, and better voltage control over typical boards. - In some embodiments, the
sled 400 may also include mountingfeatures 642 configured to mate with a mounting arm, or other structure, of a robot to facilitate the placement of the sled 600 in arack 240 by the robot. The mounting features 642 may be embodied as any type of physical structures that allow the robot to grasp thesled 400 without damaging the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 or the electrical components mounted thereto. For example, in some embodiments, the mounting features 642 may be embodied as non-conductive pads attached to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. In other embodiments, the mounting features may be embodied as brackets, braces, or other similar structures attached to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. The particular number, shape, size, and/or make-up of the mountingfeature 642 may depend on the design of the robot configured to manage thesled 400. - Referring now to
FIG. 7 , in addition to thephysical resources 630 mounted on thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602, thesled 400 also includes one ormore memory devices 720 mounted to abottom side 750 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. That is, the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board. Thephysical resources 620 are communicatively coupled to thememory devices 720 via the I/O subsystem 622. For example, thephysical resources 620 and thememory devices 720 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias extending through the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Eachphysical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one ormore memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, eachphysical resource 620 may be communicatively coupled to eachmemory devices 720. - The
memory devices 720 may be embodied as any type of memory device capable of storing data for thephysical resources 620 during operation of thesled 400, such as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory. Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium. Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as dynamic random access memory (DRAM) or static random access memory (SRAM). One particular type of DRAM that may be used in a memory module is synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM). In particular embodiments, DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org). Such standards (and similar standards) may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces. - In one embodiment, the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies. A memory device may also include next-generation nonvolatile devices, such as Intel 3D XPoint™ memory or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices. In one embodiment, the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory. The memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product. In some embodiments, the memory device may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance.
- Referring now to
FIG. 8 , in some embodiments, thesled 400 may be embodied as acompute sled 800. Thecompute sled 800 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform compute tasks. Of course, as discussed above, thecompute sled 800 may rely on other sleds, such as acceleration sleds and/or storage sleds, to perform such compute tasks. Thecompute sled 800 includes various physical resources (e.g., electrical components) similar to the physical resources of thesled 400, which have been identified inFIG. 8 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard toFIGS. 6 and 7 applies to the corresponding components of thecompute sled 800 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of thecompute sled 800. - In the
illustrative compute sled 800, thephysical resources 620 are embodied asprocessors 820. Although only twoprocessors 820 are shown inFIG. 8 , it should be appreciated that thecompute sled 800 may includeadditional processors 820 in other embodiments. Illustratively, theprocessors 820 are embodied as high-performance processors 820 and may be configured to operate at a relatively high power rating. Although theprocessors 820 generate additional heat operating at power ratings greater than typical processors (which operate at around 155-230 W), the enhanced thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 discussed above facilitate the higher power operation. For example, in the illustrative embodiment, theprocessors 820 are configured to operate at a power rating of at least 250 W. In some embodiments, theprocessors 820 may be configured to operate at a power rating of at least 350 W. - In some embodiments, the
compute sled 800 may also include a processor-to-processor interconnect 842. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of thesled 400 discussed above, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating processor-to-processor interconnect 842 communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the processor-to-processor interconnect 842 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. - The
compute sled 800 also includes acommunication circuit 830. Theillustrative communication circuit 830 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 832, which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI). TheNIC 832 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, any type of integrated circuit, discrete circuits, controller chips, chipsets, add-in-boards, daughtercards, network interface cards, other devices that may be used by thecompute sled 800 to connect with another compute device (e.g., with other sleds 400). In some embodiments, theNIC 832 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors. In some embodiments, theNIC 832 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to theNIC 832. In such embodiments, the local processor of theNIC 832 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of theprocessors 820. Additionally or alternatively, in such embodiments, the local memory of theNIC 832 may be integrated into one or more components of the compute sled at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels. - The
communication circuit 830 is communicatively coupled to anoptical data connector 834. Theoptical data connector 834 is configured to mate with a corresponding optical data connector of therack 240 when thecompute sled 800 is mounted in therack 240. Illustratively, theoptical data connector 834 includes a plurality of optical fibers which lead from a mating surface of theoptical data connector 834 to anoptical transceiver 836. Theoptical transceiver 836 is configured to convert incoming optical signals from the rack-side optical data connector to electrical signals and to convert electrical signals to outgoing optical signals to the rack-side optical data connector. Although shown as forming part of theoptical data connector 834 in the illustrative embodiment, theoptical transceiver 836 may form a portion of thecommunication circuit 830 in other embodiments. - In some embodiments, the
compute sled 800 may also include anexpansion connector 840. In such embodiments, theexpansion connector 840 is configured to mate with a corresponding connector of an expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate to provide additional physical resources to thecompute sled 800. The additional physical resources may be used, for example, by theprocessors 820 during operation of thecompute sled 800. The expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may be substantially similar to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 discussed above and may include various electrical components mounted thereto. The particular electrical components mounted to the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may depend on the intended functionality of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate. For example, the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may provide additional compute resources, memory resources, and/or storage resources. As such, the additional physical resources of the expansion chassis-less circuit board substrate may include, but is not limited to, processors, memory devices, storage devices, and/or accelerator circuits including, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits. - Referring now to
FIG. 9 , an illustrative embodiment of thecompute sled 800 is shown. As shown, theprocessors 820,communication circuit 830, andoptical data connector 834 are mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the physical resources of thecompute sled 800 to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. For example, the various physical resources may be mounted in corresponding sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, or brackets. In some cases, some of the electrical components may be directly mounted to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 via soldering or similar techniques. - As discussed above, the
individual processors 820 andcommunication circuit 830 are mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other. In the illustrative embodiment, theprocessors 820 andcommunication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those physical resources are linearly in-line with others along the direction of theairflow path 608. It should be appreciated that, although theoptical data connector 834 is in-line with thecommunication circuit 830, theoptical data connector 834 produces no or nominal heat during operation. - The
memory devices 720 of thecompute sled 800 are mounted to thebottom side 750 of the of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to thesled 400. Although mounted to thebottom side 750, thememory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to theprocessors 820 located on thetop side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622. Because the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, thememory devices 720 and theprocessors 820 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Of course, eachprocessor 820 may be communicatively coupled to a different set of one ormore memory devices 720 in some embodiments. Alternatively, in other embodiments, eachprocessor 820 may be communicatively coupled to eachmemory device 720. In some embodiments, thememory devices 720 may be mounted to one or more memory mezzanines on the bottom side of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 and may interconnect with acorresponding processor 820 through a ball-grid array. - Each of the
processors 820 includes aheatsink 850 secured thereto. Due to the mounting of thememory devices 720 to thebottom side 750 of the chassis-less circuit board substrate 602 (as well as the vertical spacing of thesleds 400 in the corresponding rack 240), thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 includes additional “free” area or space that facilitates the use ofheatsinks 850 having a larger size relative to traditional heatsinks used in typical servers. Additionally, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602, none of theprocessor heatsinks 850 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of theheatsinks 850 is embodied as a fan-less heatsinks. - Referring now to
FIG. 10 , in some embodiments, thesled 400 may be embodied as anaccelerator sled 1000. Theaccelerator sled 1000 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to perform specialized compute tasks, such as machine learning, encryption, hashing, or other computational-intensive task. In some embodiments, for example, acompute sled 800 may offload tasks to theaccelerator sled 1000 during operation. Theaccelerator sled 1000 includes various components similar to components of thesled 400 and/or computesled 800, which have been identified inFIG. 10 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard toFIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of theaccelerator sled 1000 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of theaccelerator sled 1000. - In the
illustrative accelerator sled 1000, thephysical resources 620 are embodied asaccelerator circuits 1020. Although only twoaccelerator circuits 1020 are shown inFIG. 10 , it should be appreciated that theaccelerator sled 1000 may includeadditional accelerator circuits 1020 in other embodiments. For example, as shown inFIG. 11 , theaccelerator sled 1000 may include fouraccelerator circuits 1020 in some embodiments. Theaccelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as any type of processor, co-processor, compute circuit, or other device capable of performing compute or processing operations. For example, theaccelerator circuits 1020 may be embodied as, for example, field programmable gate arrays (FPGA), application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), security co-processors, graphics processing units (GPUs), machine learning circuits, or other specialized processors, controllers, devices, and/or circuits. - In some embodiments, the
accelerator sled 1000 may also include an accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of the sled 600 discussed above, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating accelerator-to-accelerator communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the accelerator-to-accelerator interconnect 1042 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. In some embodiments, theaccelerator circuits 1020 may be daisy-chained with aprimary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to theNIC 832 andmemory 720 through the I/O subsystem 622 and asecondary accelerator circuit 1020 connected to theNIC 832 andmemory 720 through aprimary accelerator circuit 1020. - Referring now to
FIG. 11 , an illustrative embodiment of theaccelerator sled 1000 is shown. As discussed above, theaccelerator circuits 1020,communication circuit 830, andoptical data connector 834 are mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Again, theindividual accelerator circuits 1020 andcommunication circuit 830 are mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other as discussed above. Thememory devices 720 of theaccelerator sled 1000 are mounted to thebottom side 750 of the of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to the sled 600. Although mounted to thebottom side 750, thememory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to theaccelerator circuits 1020 located on thetop side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622 (e.g., through vias). Further, each of theaccelerator circuits 1020 may include a heatsink 1070 that is larger than a traditional heatsink used in a server. As discussed above with reference to the heatsinks 870, the heatsinks 1070 may be larger than tradition heatsinks because of the “free” area provided by thememory devices 750 being located on thebottom side 750 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 rather than on thetop side 650. - Referring now to
FIG. 12 , in some embodiments, thesled 400 may be embodied as astorage sled 1200. Thestorage sled 1200 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to store data in adata storage 1250 local to thestorage sled 1200. For example, during operation, acompute sled 800 or anaccelerator sled 1000 may store and retrieve data from thedata storage 1250 of thestorage sled 1200. Thestorage sled 1200 includes various components similar to components of thesled 400 and/or thecompute sled 800, which have been identified inFIG. 12 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard toFIGS. 6, 7 , and 8 apply to the corresponding components of thestorage sled 1200 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of thestorage sled 1200. - In the
illustrative storage sled 1200, thephysical resources 620 are embodied asstorage controllers 1220. Although only twostorage controllers 1220 are shown inFIG. 12 , it should be appreciated that thestorage sled 1200 may includeadditional storage controllers 1220 in other embodiments. Thestorage controllers 1220 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the storage and retrieval of data into thedata storage 1250 based on requests received via thecommunication circuit 830. In the illustrative embodiment, thestorage controllers 1220 are embodied as relatively low-power processors or controllers. For example, in some embodiments, thestorage controllers 1220 may be configured to operate at a power rating of about 75 watts. - In some embodiments, the
storage sled 1200 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1242. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of thesled 400 discussed above, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1242 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. - Referring now to
FIG. 13 , an illustrative embodiment of thestorage sled 1200 is shown. In the illustrative embodiment, thedata storage 1250 is embodied as, or otherwise includes, astorage cage 1252 configured to house one or more solid state drives (SSDs) 1254. To do so, thestorage cage 1252 includes a number of mountingslots 1256, each of which is configured to receive a correspondingsolid state drive 1254. Each of the mountingslots 1256 includes a number of drive guides 1258 that cooperate to define anaccess opening 1260 of thecorresponding mounting slot 1256. Thestorage cage 1252 is secured to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that the access openings face away from (i.e., toward the front of) the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. As such, solid state drives 1254 are accessible while thestorage sled 1200 is mounted in a corresponding rack 204. For example, asolid state drive 1254 may be swapped out of a rack 240 (e.g., via a robot) while thestorage sled 1200 remains mounted in thecorresponding rack 240. - The
storage cage 1252 illustratively includes sixteen mountingslots 1256 and is capable of mounting and storing sixteen solid state drives 1254. Of course, thestorage cage 1252 may be configured to store additional or fewer solid state drives 1254 in other embodiments. Additionally, in the illustrative embodiment, the solid state drivers are mounted vertically in thestorage cage 1252, but may be mounted in thestorage cage 1252 in a different orientation in other embodiments. Eachsolid state drive 1254 may be embodied as any type of data storage device capable of storing long term data. To do so, the solid state drives 1254 may include volatile and non-volatile memory devices discussed above. - As shown in
FIG. 13 , thestorage controllers 1220, thecommunication circuit 830, and theoptical data connector 834 are illustratively mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Again, as discussed above, any suitable attachment or mounting technology may be used to mount the electrical components of thestorage sled 1200 to the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 including, for example, sockets (e.g., a processor socket), holders, brackets, soldered connections, and/or other mounting or securing techniques. - As discussed above, the
individual storage controllers 1220 and thecommunication circuit 830 are mounted to thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that no two heat-producing, electrical components shadow each other. For example, thestorage controllers 1220 and thecommunication circuit 830 are mounted in corresponding locations on thetop side 650 of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 such that no two of those electrical components are linearly in-line with other along the direction of theairflow path 608. - The
memory devices 720 of thestorage sled 1200 are mounted to thebottom side 750 of the of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 as discussed above in regard to thesled 400. Although mounted to thebottom side 750, thememory devices 720 are communicatively coupled to thestorage controllers 1220 located on thetop side 650 via the I/O subsystem 622. Again, because the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 is embodied as a double-sided circuit board, thememory devices 720 and thestorage controllers 1220 may be communicatively coupled by one or more vias, connectors, or other mechanisms extending through the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602. Each of thestorage controllers 1220 includes a heatsink 1270 secured thereto. As discussed above, due to the improved thermal cooling characteristics of the chassis-lesscircuit board substrate 602 of thestorage sled 1200, none of the heatsinks 1270 include cooling fans attached thereto. That is, each of the heatsinks 1270 is embodied as a fan-less heatsink. - Referring now to
FIG. 14 , in some embodiments, thesled 400 may be embodied as amemory sled 1400. Thestorage sled 1400 is optimized, or otherwise configured, to provide other sleds 400 (e.g., compute sleds 800, accelerator sleds 1000, etc.) with access to a pool of memory (e.g., in two ormore sets memory sled 1200. For example, during operation, acompute sled 800 or anaccelerator sled 1000 may remotely write to and/or read from one or more of the memory sets 1430, 1432 of thememory sled 1200 using a logical address space that maps to physical addresses in the memory sets 1430, 1432. Thememory sled 1400 includes various components similar to components of thesled 400 and/or thecompute sled 800, which have been identified inFIG. 14 using the same reference numbers. The description of such components provided above in regard toFIGS. 6, 7, and 8 apply to the corresponding components of thememory sled 1400 and is not repeated herein for clarity of the description of thememory sled 1400. - In the
illustrative memory sled 1400, thephysical resources 620 are embodied asmemory controllers 1420. Although only twomemory controllers 1420 are shown inFIG. 14 , it should be appreciated that thememory sled 1400 may includeadditional memory controllers 1420 in other embodiments. Thememory controllers 1420 may be embodied as any type of processor, controller, or control circuit capable of controlling the writing and reading of data into the memory sets 1430, 1432 based on requests received via thecommunication circuit 830. In the illustrative embodiment, eachstorage controller 1220 is connected to acorresponding memory set memory devices 720 within the correspondingmemory set sled 400 that has sent a request to thememory sled 1400 to perform a memory access operation (e.g., read or write). - In some embodiments, the
memory sled 1400 may also include a controller-to-controller interconnect 1442. Similar to the resource-to-resource interconnect 624 of thesled 400 discussed above, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as any type of communication interconnect capable of facilitating controller-to-controller communications. In the illustrative embodiment, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 is embodied as a high-speed point-to-point interconnect (e.g., faster than the I/O subsystem 622). For example, the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442 may be embodied as a QuickPath Interconnect (QPI), an UltraPath Interconnect (UPI), or other high-speed point-to-point interconnect dedicated to processor-to-processor communications. As such, in some embodiments, amemory controller 1420 may access, through the controller-to-controller interconnect 1442, memory that is within the memory set 1432 associated with anothermemory controller 1420. In some embodiments, a scalable memory controller is made of multiple smaller memory controllers, referred to herein as “chiplets”, on a memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1400). The chiplets may be interconnected (e.g., using EMIB (Embedded Multi-Die Interconnect Bridge)). The combined chiplet memory controller may scale up to a relatively large number of memory controllers and I/O ports, (e.g., up to 16 memory channels). In some embodiments, thememory controllers 1420 may implement a memory interleave (e.g., one memory address is mapped to thememory set 1430, the next memory address is mapped to thememory set 1432, and the third address is mapped to thememory set 1430, etc.). The interleaving may be managed within thememory controllers 1420, or from CPU sockets (e.g., of the compute sled 800) across network links to the memory sets 1430, 1432, and may improve the latency associated with performing memory access operations as compared to accessing contiguous memory addresses from the same memory device. - Further, in some embodiments, the
memory sled 1400 may be connected to one or more other sleds 400 (e.g., in thesame rack 240 or an adjacent rack 240) through a waveguide, using thewaveguide connector 1480. In the illustrative embodiment, the waveguides are 64 millimeter waveguides that provide 16 Rx (i.e., receive) lanes and 16 Rt (i.e., transmit) lanes. Each lane, in the illustrative embodiment, is either 16 Ghz or 32 Ghz. In other embodiments, the frequencies may be different. Using a waveguide may provide high throughput access to the memory pool (e.g., the memory sets 1430, 1432) to another sled (e.g., asled 400 in thesame rack 240 or anadjacent rack 240 as the memory sled 1400) without adding to the load on theoptical data connector 834. - Referring now to
FIG. 15 , a system for executing one or more workloads (e.g., applications) may be implemented in accordance with thedata center 100. In the illustrative embodiment, thesystem 1510 includes anorchestrator server 1520, which may be embodied as a managed node comprising a compute device (e.g., a compute sled 800) executing management software (e.g., a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack) that is communicatively coupled tomultiple sleds 400 including a large number of compute sleds 1530 (e.g., each similar to the compute sled 800), memory sleds 1540 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1400), accelerator sleds 1550 (e.g., each similar to the memory sled 1000), and storage sleds 1560 (e.g., each similar to the storage sled 1200). One or more of thesleds node 1570, such as by theorchestrator server 1520, to collectively perform a workload (e.g., anapplication 1532 executed in a virtual machine or in a container). The managednode 1570 may be embodied as an assembly ofphysical resources 620, such asprocessors 820,memory resources 720,accelerator circuits 1020, ordata storage 1250, from the same ordifferent sleds 400. Further, the managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by theorchestrator server 1520 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node. In the illustrative embodiment, theorchestrator server 1520 may selectively allocate and/or deallocatephysical resources 620 from thesleds 400 and/or add or remove one ormore sleds 400 from the managednode 1570 as a function of quality of service (QoS) targets (e.g., performance targets associated with a throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) associated with a service level agreement for the workload (e.g., the application 1532). In doing so, theorchestrator server 1520 may receive telemetry data indicative of performance conditions (e.g., throughput, latency, instructions per second, etc.) in eachsled 400 of the managednode 1570 and compare the telemetry data to the quality of service targets to determine whether the quality of service targets are being satisfied. If the so, theorchestrator server 1520 may additionally determine whether one or more physical resources may be deallocated from the managednode 1570 while still satisfying the QoS targets, thereby freeing up those physical resources for use in another managed node (e.g., to execute a different workload). Alternatively, if the QoS targets are not presently satisfied, theorchestrator server 1520 may determine to dynamically allocate additional physical resources to assist in the execution of the workload (e.g., the application 1532) while the workload is executing - Additionally, in some embodiments, the
orchestrator server 1520 may identify trends in the resource utilization of the workload (e.g., the application 1532), such as by identifying phases of execution (e.g., time periods in which different operations, each having different resource utilizations characteristics, are performed) of the workload (e.g., the application 1532) and pre-emptively identifying available resources in thedata center 100 and allocating them to the managed node 1570 (e.g., within a predefined time period of the associated phase beginning). In some embodiments, theorchestrator server 1520 may model performance based on various latencies and a distribution scheme to place workloads among compute sleds and other resources (e.g., accelerator sleds, memory sleds, storage sleds) in thedata center 100. For example, theorchestrator server 1520 may utilize a model that accounts for the performance of resources on the sleds 400 (e.g., FPGA performance, memory access latency, etc.) and the performance (e.g., congestion, latency, bandwidth) of the path through the network to the resource (e.g., FPGA). As such, theorchestrator server 1520 may determine which resource(s) should be used with which workloads based on the total latency associated with each potential resource available in the data center 100 (e.g., the latency associated with the performance of the resource itself in addition to the latency associated with the path through the network between the compute sled executing the workload and thesled 400 on which the resource is located). - In some embodiments, the
orchestrator server 1520 may generate a map of heat generation in thedata center 100 using telemetry data (e.g., temperatures, fan speeds, etc.) reported from thesleds 400 and allocate resources to managed nodes as a function of the map of heat generation and predicted heat generation associated with different workloads, to maintain a target temperature and heat distribution in thedata center 100. Additionally or alternatively, in some embodiments, theorchestrator server 1520 may organize received telemetry data into a hierarchical model that is indicative of a relationship between the managed nodes (e.g., a spatial relationship such as the physical locations of the resources of the managed nodes within thedata center 100 and/or a functional relationship, such as groupings of the managed nodes by the customers the managed nodes provide services for, the types of functions typically performed by the managed nodes, managed nodes that typically share or exchange workloads among each other, etc.). Based on differences in the physical locations and resources in the managed nodes, a given workload may exhibit different resource utilizations (e.g., cause a different internal temperature, use a different percentage of processor or memory capacity) across the resources of different managed nodes. Theorchestrator server 1520 may determine the differences based on the telemetry data stored in the hierarchical model and factor the differences into a prediction of future resource utilization of a workload if the workload is reassigned from one managed node to another managed node, to accurately balance resource utilization in thedata center 100. - To reduce the computational load on the
orchestrator server 1520 and the data transfer load on the network, in some embodiments, theorchestrator server 1520 may send self-test information to thesleds 400 to enable eachsled 400 to locally (e.g., on the sled 400) determine whether telemetry data generated by thesled 400 satisfies one or more conditions (e.g., an available capacity that satisfies a predefined threshold, a temperature that satisfies a predefined threshold, etc.). Eachsled 400 may then report back a simplified result (e.g., yes or no) to theorchestrator server 1520, which theorchestrator server 1520 may utilize in determining the allocation of resources to managed nodes. - Referring now to
FIG. 16 , asystem 1610, similar to thesystem 1510, for interleaving memory across one or more shared memory pools includes anorchestrator server 1620 communicatively coupled to multiple sleds. The sleds include a set ofcompute sleds 1630, which includes compute sleds 1632 and 1634. The sleds also includememory sleds memory pool controller 1660. In other embodiments, the memory controller of a single memory sled (e.g., the memory sled 1640) may form the memory pool controller 1660 (e.g., while still servicingmultiple compute sleds 1632, 1634). Further, the memory devices on each of the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 together may form amemory pool 1670. Thememory pool controller 1660 may include access control logic that selectively provides access to memory within thememory pool 1670 to the compute sleds 1630, for use by workloads executed by the compute sleds 1630. One or more of thesleds orchestrator server 1620, to collectively perform one or more workloads, such as in virtual machines or containers, on behalf of a user of theclient device 1614. A managed node may be embodied as an assembly of resources, such as compute resources, memory resources, storage resources, or other resources, from the same or different sleds or racks. Further, a managed node may be established, defined, or “spun up” by theorchestrator server 1620 at the time a workload is to be assigned to the managed node or at any other time, and may exist regardless of whether any workloads are presently assigned to the managed node. Theorchestrator server 1620 may support a cloud operating environment, such as OpenStack. - In the illustrative embodiment, in operation, the
memory sled 1640 establishes address spaces in thememory pool 1670 for use by eachcompute sled 1630 in the execution of the workloads. In doing so, thememory sled 1640 may enable multiple of the compute sleds 1630 to access the same memory regions (e.g., memory at the same physical memory address), thereby eliminating the requirement for the compute sleds 1630 to maintain local copies of the data in their local memory. Conversely, thememory sled 1640 may excludecompute sleds 1630 from accessing certain data in the memory that (e.g., data utilized by a given workload that is unrelated to other workloads). As such, thesystem 1610 enables more efficient use of memory among multiple compute devices (e.g., compute sled 1630) in a data center as compared to typical systems. Further, and as described in more detail herein, thememory pool 1670 and the compute sleds 1630 utilize memory interleaving (e.g., utilizing a contiguous address space that maps to alternate memory devices) to increase the speed at which memory access operations are performed, thereby improving the speed at which workloads are executed. - The
compute sled 1632, in the illustrative embodiment, includes central processing units (CPUs) 1680 and 1682, and the compute sled 1634 includesCPUs CPUs memory pool controller 1660 through a primary link (e.g., a waveguide, an optical fiber connection, or other network link dedicated to memory access operations, etc.) 1690, 1692, 1694, 1696 between the CPU and thememory pool controller 1660. Further, each of theCPUs 1680 and 1682 (and similarly,CPUs 1684 and 1686) may communicate with one another, such as through an interconnect bus. Eachcompute sled 1630 may determine an interleaving configuration that alternates communication links from a given CPU to thememory pool controller 1660. The interleaving configuration may expose a memory address space local to a givencompute sled 1630, where a first memory address uses a first communication link, a second memory address (e.g., immediately following the first memory address) uses a second communication link, a third memory address (e.g., immediately following the second memory address) uses the first communication link, and so on, such that the accesses to sequential memory addresses actually result in data access operations occurring on different communication links. - In addition, the
memory pool controller 1660 also may interleave access across the various memory devices of thememory pool 1670. In some embodiments, theorchestrator server 1620 may send a request to thememory pool controller 1660 to allocate one or more memory address ranges to acompute sled 1630. The request may specify various parameters, such as an amount of memory to be allocated to thecompute sled 1630, memory characteristics associated with thecompute sled 1630, whether to enable memory interleaving, and the like. Thememory pool controller 1660, in turn, determines an interleaving configuration based on one or more memory characteristics associated with thecompute sled 1630, such as bandwidth characteristics of theCPUs compute sled 1630. Thememory pool controller 1660 may select, as a function of the determined interleaving configuration, a subset of memory devices in thememory pool 1670 for access by thecompute sled 1630. Further, thememory pool controller 1660 may then expose a memory address space to thecompute sled 1630 that interleaves read/write access to each of the subset of memory devices. Advantageously, the memory devices of the subset may have characteristics that satisfy QoS targets. For instance, for relatively high QoS targets, the subset may include memory devices that provide for relatively quick read/write access. For example, a given memory address may map to a location on a first memory device, followed by a subsequent memory address mapping to a location on a second memory device, and so on, such that each memory address is mapped in an interleaved fashion to each of the subset of memory devices. - Further still, the
orchestrator server 1620 may adjust the interleaving configuration set by thememory pool controller 1660 on behalf of thecompute sled 1630. For instance, theorchestrator server 1620 may obtain telemetry data associated with thecompute sled 1630 to thememory pool 1670 relating to memory access under the present interleaving configuration. Theorchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate the data against one or more QoS targets to determine whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS targets. For example, theorchestrator server 1620 may measure a memory throughput associated with thecompute sled 1630 relative to thememory pool 1670. Theorchestrator server 1620 may then evaluate whether the memory throughput falls below, is within, or exceeds a QoS target for the memory throughput. Theorchestrator server 1620 may, based on the evaluation, modify the interleaving configuration of thememory pool 1670 for thecompute sled 1630 such that the memory throughput is within the target QoS. For instance, theorchestrator server 1620 may cause thememory sled 1640 to include additional memory devices in the interleaving configuration, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally higher access speed, select a subset of memory devices that have a generally lower access speed, and the like. - Referring now to
FIG. 17 , a compute sled 1630 (e.g., thecompute sled 1632 or 1634) may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving an allocation of memory addresses to thememory pool 1670, determining a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more CPU memory links, configuring the memory interleaving as a function of the determination, and performing read/write operations to the memory addresses of thememory pool 1670 using the configured interleaving. - As shown in
FIG. 17 , theillustrative compute sled 1630 includes acompute engine 1702, an input/output (I/O)subsystem 1708,communication circuitry 1710, and one or moredata storage devices 1714. Of course, in other embodiments, thecompute sled 1630 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.), such as peripheral devices. Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component. - The
compute engine 1702 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below. In some embodiments, thecompute engine 1702 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, an FPGA, a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device. Additionally, in some embodiments, thecompute engine 1702 includes or is embodied as aprocessor 1704 and amemory 1706. Theprocessor 1704 may be embodied as one or more processors, each processor being a type capable of performing the functions described herein. For example, theprocessor 1704 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit. In some embodiments, theprocessor 1704 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an ASIC, reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein. Illustratively, theprocessor 1704 includes a memory interleave logic unit 1720, which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., a processor, a field programmable gate array (FPGA), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), etc.) capable of configuring memory links of theprocessor 1704 according to a determined interleaving configuration. - The
memory 1706 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., dynamic random access memory (DRAM), etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. Volatile memory may be a storage medium that requires power to maintain the state of data stored by the medium. Non-limiting examples of volatile memory may include various types of random access memory (RAM), such as DRAM or static random access memory (SRAM). One particular type of DRAM that may be used in a memory module is synchronous dynamic random access memory (SDRAM). In particular embodiments, DRAM of a memory component may comply with a standard promulgated by JEDEC, such as JESD79F for DDR SDRAM, JESD79-2F for DDR2 SDRAM, JESD79-3F for DDR3 SDRAM, JESD79-4A for DDR4 SDRAM, JESD209 for Low Power DDR (LPDDR), JESD209-2 for LPDDR2, JESD209-3 for LPDDR3, and JESD209-4 for LPDDR4 (these standards are available at www.jedec.org). Such standards (and similar standards) may be referred to as DDR-based standards and communication interfaces of the storage devices that implement such standards may be referred to as DDR-based interfaces. - In one embodiment, the memory device is a block addressable memory device, such as those based on NAND or NOR technologies. A memory device may also include future generation nonvolatile devices, such as a three dimensional crosspoint memory device (e.g., Intel 3D XPoint™ memory), or other byte addressable write-in-place nonvolatile memory devices. In one embodiment, the memory device may be or may include memory devices that use chalcogenide glass, multi-threshold level NAND flash memory, NOR flash memory, single or multi-level Phase Change Memory (PCM), a resistive memory, nanowire memory, ferroelectric transistor random access memory (FeTRAM), anti-ferroelectric memory, magnetoresistive random access memory (MRAM) memory that incorporates memristor technology, resistive memory including the metal oxide base, the oxygen vacancy base and the conductive bridge Random Access Memory (CB-RAM), or spin transfer torque (STT)-MRAM, a spintronic magnetic junction memory based device, a magnetic tunneling junction (MTJ) based device, a DW (Domain Wall) and SOT (Spin Orbit Transfer) based device, a thyristor based memory device, or a combination of any of the above, or other memory. The memory device may refer to the die itself and/or to a packaged memory product.
- In some embodiments, 3D crosspoint memory (e.g., Intel 3D XPoint™ memory) may comprise a transistor-less stackable cross point architecture in which memory cells sit at the intersection of word lines and bit lines and are individually addressable and in which bit storage is based on a change in bulk resistance. In some embodiments, all or a portion of the
memory 1706 may be integrated into theprocessor 1704. In operation, thememory 1706 may store various software and data (e.g., memory map data, interleave policy data) used during operation of the compute sled in thesystem 1610. - The
compute engine 1702 is communicatively coupled with other components ofother compute sleds 1630 and the memory sleds 1640 and 1650 via the I/O subsystem 1708, which may be embodied as circuitry and/or components to facilitate input/output operations with the compute engine 1702 (e.g., with theprocessor 1704 and/or the memory 1706) and other components of thecompute sled 1630. For example, the I/O subsystem 1708 may be embodied as, or otherwise include, memory controller hubs, input/output control hubs, integrated sensor hubs, firmware devices, communication links (e.g., point-to-point links, bus links, wires, cables, light guides, printed circuit board traces, etc.), and/or other components and subsystems to facilitate the input/output operations. In some embodiments, the I/O subsystem 1708 may form a portion of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) and be incorporated, along with one or more of theprocessor 1704, thememory 1706, and other components of thecompute sled 1630, into thecompute engine 1702. - The
communication circuitry 1710 may be embodied as any communication circuit, device, or collection thereof, capable of enabling communications over thenetwork 1612 between thecompute sled 1630 and another compute device (e.g.,other compute sleds 1630, theorchestrator server 1620,memory sleds communication circuitry 1710 may be configured to use any one or more communication technology (e.g., wired or wireless communications) and associated protocols (e.g., Ethernet, Bluetooth®, Wi-Fi®, WiMAX, etc.) to effect such communication. - The
illustrative communication circuitry 1710 includes a network interface controller (NIC) 1712, which may also be referred to as a host fabric interface (HFI). TheNIC 1712 may be embodied as one or more add-in-boards, daughter cards, network interface cards, controller chips, chipsets, or other devices that may be used by thecompute sled 1630 to connect with another compute device (e.g.,other compute sleds 1630, theorchestrator server 1620, etc.). In some embodiments, theNIC 1712 may be embodied as part of a system-on-a-chip (SoC) that includes one or more processors, or included on a multichip package that also contains one or more processors. In some embodiments, theNIC 1712 may include a local processor (not shown) and/or a local memory (not shown) that are both local to theNIC 1712. In such embodiments, the local processor of theNIC 1712 may be capable of performing one or more of the functions of thecompute engine 1702 described herein. Additionally or alternatively, in such embodiments, the local memory of theNIC 1712 may be integrated into one or more components of thecompute sled 1630 at the board level, socket level, chip level, and/or other levels. - The one or more illustrative
data storage devices 1714, may be embodied as any type of devices configured for short-term or long-term storage of data such as, for example, memory devices and circuits, memory cards, hard disk drives (HDDs), solid-state drives (SSDs), or other data storage devices. Eachdata storage device 1714 may include a system partition that stores data and firmware code for thedata storage device 1714. Eachdata storage device 1714 may also include an operating system partition that stores data files and executables for an operating system. - Referring now to
FIG. 18 , thememory sled 1640 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including receiving a request to allocate memory addresses of thememory pool 1670 to a compute sled (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630), determining an interleaving configuration for thecompute sled 1630 as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with thecompute sled 1630, and configuring the memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration. - As shown in
FIG. 18 , theillustrative memory sled 1640 includes acompute engine 1802, an input/output (I/O)subsystem 1804, andcommunication circuitry 1806. Of course, in other embodiments, thememory sled 1640 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component. - The
compute engine 1802 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below. In some embodiments, thecompute engine 1802 may be embodied as a single device such as an integrated circuit, an embedded system, a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), a system-on-a-chip (SOC), or other integrated system or device. In the illustrative embodiment, thecompute engine 1802 includes or is embodied as thememory pool controller 1660 and the memory pool 1670 (also referred to herein as memory). Thememory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as any type of device or circuitry capable of performing the functions described herein. For example, thememory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as a single or multi-core processor(s), a microcontroller, or other processor or processing/controlling circuit. In some embodiments, thememory pool controller 1660 may be embodied as, include, or be coupled to an FPGA, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), reconfigurable hardware or hardware circuitry, or other specialized hardware to facilitate performance of the functions described herein. In the illustrative embodiment, thememory pool controller 1660 includes one or more channel interleavelogic units 1820, which may be embodied as any device or circuitry (e.g., processor(s), ASICs, FPGAs, etc.) capable of selectively enabling access (e.g., read access and/or write access) to regions of memory addresses of thememory 1670 to eachcompute sled 1630, each memory address mapping to a memory device of thememory pool 1670 in an interleaved manner Thememory 1670 may be embodied as multiple (e.g., a pool of) memory devices of the types described with reference to thememory 1706. - The
compute engine 1802 is communicatively coupled to other components of thememory sled 1640 via the I/O subsystem 1804, which is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference toFIG. 17 . The I/O subsystem 1804, in addition to facilitating communications between thecompute engine 1802 and other components of thememory sled 1640, also facilitates communication with theCPUs links communication circuitry 1806 may be similar to thecommunication circuitry 1710 of thecompute sled 1630 and, in the illustrative embodiment, further includes aNIC 1808, which may be used to receive management communications from theorchestrator server 1620. Thememory sled 1640 may also include one or moredata storage devices 1810, which may be similar to thedata storage devices 1714 described relative to thecompute sled 1630. - Referring now to
FIG. 19 , theorchestrator server 1620 may be embodied as any type of compute device capable of performing the functions described herein, including determining a target QoS for thecompute sled 1630, determining whether a presently configured interleaving configuration on thecompute sled 1630 satisfies the target QoS, and modifying the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS. As shown inFIG. 19 , theillustrative orchestrator server 1620 includes acompute engine 1902, an input/output (I/O)subsystem 1908,communication circuitry 1910, and one or moredata storage devices 1914. Of course, in other embodiments, theorchestrator server 1620 may include other or additional components, such as those commonly found in a computer (e.g., display, peripheral devices, etc.). Additionally, in some embodiments, one or more of the illustrative components may be incorporated in, or otherwise form a portion of, another component. - The
compute engine 1902 may be embodied as any type of device or collection of devices capable of performing various compute functions described below, and is similar to thecompute engine 1702 ofFIG. 17 . The processor 1904 may be embodied as one or more processors, and is similar to theprocessor 1704 described relative toFIG. 17 . Thememory 1906 may be embodied as any type of volatile (e.g., DRAM, etc.) or non-volatile memory or data storage capable of performing the functions described herein. In operation, thememory 1906 may store various software and data used during operation. The I/O subsystem 1908 is similar to the I/O subsystem 1708 described with reference toFIG. 17 . Thecommunication circuitry 1910, which, in the illustrative embodiment, includes aNIC 1912, is similar to thecommunication circuitry 1710 andNIC 1712 described with reference toFIG. 17 . Additionally, thedata storage devices 1914 are similar to thedata storage devices 1714 described with reference toFIG. 17 . - The
memory sled 1650 andclient device 1614 may have components similar to those described inFIGS. 17-19 . Further, it should be appreciated that any of the memory sleds 1640, 1650, the compute sleds 1630, theorchestrator server 1620, or theclient device 1614 may include other components, sub-components, and devices commonly found in a computing device, which are not discussed above in reference to thecompute sled 1630,memory sled 1640, andorchestrator server 1620 and not discussed herein for clarity of the description. - As described above, the
orchestrator server 1620, thesleds client device 1614 are illustratively in communication via thenetwork 1612, which may be embodied as any type of wired or wireless communication network, including global networks (e.g., the Internet), local area networks (LANs) or wide area networks (WANs), cellular networks (e.g., Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), 3G, Long Term Evolution (LTE), Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (WiMAX), etc.), digital subscriber line (DSL) networks, cable networks (e.g., coaxial networks, fiber networks, etc.), or any combination thereof. - Referring now to
FIG. 20 , thememory sled 1640 may establish anenvironment 2000 during operation. Theillustrative environment 2000 includes anetwork communicator 2020 and amemory access manager 2030. Each of the components of theenvironment 2000 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of theenvironment 2000 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g.,network communicator circuitry 2020, memoryaccess manager circuitry 2030, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of thenetwork communicator circuitry 2020 or memoryaccess manager circuitry 2030 may form a portion of one or more of thecompute engine 1802, thememory pool controller 1660, thememory 1670, thecommunication circuitry 1806, the I/O subsystem 1804 and/or other components of thememory sled 1640. In the illustrative embodiment, the environment 1800 includesmemory map data 2002, which may be embodied as any data indicative of physical addresses of thememory 1670 and corresponding logical addresses (e.g., addresses used by thememory pool controller 1660 and the compute sleds 1630 that are mapped to all or a subset of the physical addresses). Theenvironment 2000 also includesinterleave policy data 2004, which may be embodied any data defining policies for interleaving a memory address space relative to memory device access associated with one or more compute sleds 1630. Theillustrative environment 2000 also includes remotelyaccessible data 2006 which may be embodied as any data present in thememory 1670 that is available to (e.g., within an address space) provided to one or more corresponding compute sleds 1630. - In the
illustrative environment 2000, thenetwork communicator 2020, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from thememory sled 1640, respectively. To do so, thenetwork communicator 2020 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., acompute sled 1630, theorchestrator server 1620, etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g., acompute sled 1630, theorchestrator server 1620, etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of thenetwork communicator 2020 may be performed by thecommunication circuitry 1806, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by theNIC 1808. - The
memory access manager 2030, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to thecompute sled 1630, where the memory addresses are configured according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, thememory access manager 2030, in the illustrative embodiment, includes amemory mapper 2032, aninterleaver 2034, adata writer 2036, and adata reader 2038. - The
memory mapper 2032, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to receive an allocation request from a remote compute device (e.g., acompute sled 1630 or the orchestrator server 1620) to allocate one or more regions of pooled byte-addressable (e.g., addressable by one or more bytes, less than a block) memory (e.g., the memory 1670) to one ormore compute sleds 1630 and produce address space data for each compute sled indicative of the pooled byte-addressable memory accessible to the compute sled. For example, theorchestrator server 1620, on behalf of thecompute sled 1630, may specify an amount of memory to be allocated on thecompute sled 1630. The pooled byte-addressable memory corresponds to each of the memory devices of the memory pool 1670 (e.g., the entire memory pool 1670). Further, thememory mapper 2032 is configured to verify parameters of any memory access or allocation requests from thecompute sled 1630. - The
interleaver 2034, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate theinterleave policy data 2004 and determine, as a function of the evaluation, an interleaving configuration of the address space data produced by thememory mapper 2032. For example, theinterleave policy data 2004 may specify subsets of the memory devices in thememory pool 1670 to interleave based on memory characteristics and QoS targets of thecompute sled 1630, such as whether to use a given amount of memory devices, a given type of memory, and the like. Once determined, theinterleaver 2034 configures the address space data according to the interleaving configuration. For instance, theinterleaver 2034 may map the address space data to the one or more compute sleds such that each successive memory address maps to a different memory device via memory channels connecting with the memory devices. - The
data writer 2036, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to write data to thememory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630) to perform a write operation at a memory address associated with the request. Similarly, thedata reader 2038, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to read data from thememory 1670 in response to a request (e.g., from a compute sled 1630) to perform a read operation at a memory address associated with the request. - It should be appreciated that each of the
memory mapper 2032, theinterleaver 2034, thedata writer 2036, and thedata reader 2038 may be separately embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof. For example, thememory mapper 2032 andinterleaver 2034 may be embodied as hardware components, while thedata writer 2036 and thedata reader 2038 are embodied as virtualized hardware components or as some other combination of hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof. - Referring now to
FIG. 21 , thecompute sled 1630 may establish anenvironment 2100 during operation. Theillustrative environment 2100 includes anetwork communicator 2120 and amemory interleaver 2130. Each of the components of theenvironment 2100 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of theenvironment 2100 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g.,network communicator circuitry 2120,memory interleaver circuitry 2130, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of thenetwork communicator circuitry 2120 ormemory interleaver circuitry 2130 may form a portion of one or more of thecompute engine 1702,processor 1704, themain memory 1706, thecommunication circuitry 1710, the I/O subsystem 1708 and/or other components of thecompute sled 1630. In the illustrative embodiment, theenvironment 2100 includesmemory map data 2102, which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between memory links of theprocessor 1704 to a logical address space exposed by thememory pool controller 1660 to thecompute sled 1630. Theenvironment 2100 also includesinterleave policy data 2104, which may be embodied as policies for interleaving access to the logical address space via the memory links. - In the
illustrative environment 2100, thenetwork communicator 2120, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from thecompute sled 1630, respectively. To do so, thenetwork communicator 2120 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., acompute sled 1630, theorchestrator server 1620, etc.) and to prepare and send data packets to a computing device or system (e.g.,memory sleds orchestrator server 1620, etc.). Accordingly, in some embodiments, at least a portion of the functionality of thenetwork communicator 2120 may be performed by thecommunication circuitry 1710, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by theNIC 1712. - The
memory interleaver 2130, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is to allocate memory addresses of the memory pool to thecompute sled 1630, where the memory addresses are mapped according to an interleaving configuration determined as a function of one or more memory characteristics of the compute sled 1630 (e.g., CPU bandwidth, QoS performance targets, and the like). To do so, thememory interleaver 2130 includes areceiver component 2132, anevaluation component 2134, and aconfiguration component 2136. - The
receiver component 2132, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to obtain an allocation of memory addresses associated with thememory pool 1670. More particularly, thereceiver component 2132 may receive a notification from the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) of an allocation of logical memory address regions that provide access to the memory devices of thememory pool 1670. For instance, thememory sled 1640 may allocate the logical memory address regions in response to a request, such as from theorchestrator server 1620 on behalf of thecompute sled 1630, or from thecompute sled 1630 itself. - The
evaluation component 2134, in the illustrative embodiment is configured to evaluate theinterleave policy data 2104 to determine an interleaving configuration for accessing each of the allocated memory addresses. For example, theinterleave policy data 2104 may specify whether to use an n-way interleaving scheme to satisfy workload requirements. For each interleaving scheme, theinterleave policy data 2104 may specify an amount of memory links from a givenprocessor 1704 to use to access the memory devices at the allocated memory addresses. - The
configuration component 2136, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to assign the allocated memory addresses to the memory links according to the evaluatedinterleave policy data 2104. For example, theevaluation component 2134 may determine that a 2-way interleaving should be used in view of the evaluatedinterleave policy data 2104 and performance targets (e.g., pursuant to a service level agreement) of one or more workloads to be executed on thecompute sled 1630. In such a case, theconfiguration component 2136 may specify a mapping (e.g., in the memory map data 2102) of a memory link A of theprocessor 1704 to a first address in the address space, memory link B to a second address, and so on, such that links A and B alternate in mapping for each successive allocated memory address. Once mapped, the memory interleaver 2130 (or other component on the compute sled 1630) may perform memory access operations to the memory addresses of thememory pool 1670 under the present interleaving configuration. - Referring now to
FIG. 22 , theorchestrator server 1620 may establish anenvironment 2200 during operation. Theillustrative environment 2200 includes anetwork communicator 2220 and aresource manager 2230. Each of the components of theenvironment 2200 may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, or a combination thereof. As such, in some embodiments, one or more of the components of theenvironment 2200 may be embodied as circuitry or a collection of electrical devices (e.g.,network communicator circuitry 2220,resource manager circuitry 2230, etc.). It should be appreciated that, in such embodiments, one or more of thenetwork communicator circuitry 2220 orresource manager circuitry 2230 may form a portion of one or more of thecompute engine 1902, the processor 1904, themain memory 1906, thecommunication circuitry 1910, the I/O subsystem 1908 and/or other components of theorchestrator server 1620. In the illustrative embodiment, theenvironment 2200 includesmemory map data 2202, which may be embodied as any data indicative of mappings between a logical address space exposed by thememory pool controller 1660 to thecompute sled 1630. Theenvironment 2200 also includesQoS data 2204, which may be embodied as one or more performance targets (e.g., memory utilization and performance targets) for a givencompute sled 1630, user, or group of users associated with workloads executing on thecompute sled 1630. - In the
illustrative environment 2200, thenetwork communicator 2220, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof as discussed above, is configured to facilitate inbound and outbound network communications (e.g., network traffic, network packets, network flows, etc.) to and from theorchestrator server 1620, respectively. To do so, thenetwork communicator 2220 is configured to receive and process data packets from one system or computing device (e.g., one of the compute sleds 1630, thememory sled network communicator 2220 may be performed by thecommunication circuitry 1910, and, in the illustrative embodiment, by theNIC 1912. - The
resource manager 2230, which may be embodied as hardware, firmware, software, virtualized hardware, emulated architecture, and/or a combination thereof, is configured to determine QoS performance targets (e.g., QoS data 2204) associated with acompute sled 1630, determine whether a present interleaving configuration by thememory pool controller 1660 to thecompute sled 1630 satisfies the QoS performance targets, and modify the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. To do so, theresource manager 2230 includes anevaluation component 2232, anadjuster component 2234, and anoutput component 2236. - The
evaluation component 2232, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to evaluate theQoS data 2204 associated with acompute sled 1630 relative to the present interleaving configuration provided by thememory pool controller 1660 to thecompute sled 1630. In particular, theevaluation component 2232 may determine whether memory-related QoS targets are satisfied based on the present interleaving configuration. For example, theQoS data 2204 may specify memory throughput targets to be satisfied by thecompute sled 1630. Theevaluation component 2232 may obtain, via performance monitors executing in thesystem 1610, telemetry data relating to the execution of a given workload to determine present memory throughput. Theevaluation component 2232 may further compare the present throughput value with theQoS data 2204 associated with a throughput target and determine whether the present value is in range of the target, exceeds a target threshold, or falls below a target threshold. - The
adjuster component 2234, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to determine a modification to the interleaving configuration set by thememory pool controller 1660 in response to determining that the present interleaving configuration results in a deviation from targets specified by theQoS data 2204 for thecompute sled 1630. For instance, if theevaluation component 2232 determines that a presently observed memory throughput falls below a corresponding QoS performance target by a specified threshold, theadjuster component 2234 may determine that additional memory devices (falling within the bounds of the QoS data 2204) should be included as part of the interleaving configuration. As another example, if theevaluation component 2232 determines that a presented observed memory throughput exceeds a corresponding QoS performance target by another specified threshold, then theadjuster component 2234 may determine that fewer memory devices should form the interleaving configuration. Theadjuster component 2234 may determine the configuration as a function of characteristics of the memory devices in the memory pool 1670 (e.g., type, speed, availability, etc.) and the QoS targets for thecompute sled 1630. - The
output component 2236, in the illustrative embodiment, is configured to generate a notification for the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) to adjust the interleaving configuration according to the determined modification. The notification may include, for example, an instruction for thememory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels connecting to the memory devices to (or from) thecompute sled 1630 and configure the interleaving for the presently allocated memory channels. Further, theoutput component 2236 is configured to send, to thecompute sled 1630, a notification of the modification of the configuration. - Referring now to
FIG. 23 , the memory sled 1640 (or 1650), in operation, may execute amethod 2300 for interleaving memory access to thememory pool 1670 by acompute sled 1630. As shown, themethod 2300 begins inblock 2302, where thememory sled 1640 receives a request to allocate one or more memory addresses of thememory pool 1670 to thecompute sled 1630. For instance, theorchestrator server 1620, on behalf of thecompute sled 1630, may send the request. The request may provide an amount to memory to be allocated, QoS performance targets for thecompute sled 1630, and memory characteristics (e.g., CPU bandwidth, memory requirements for workloads to be processed) of thecompute sled 1630. - In
block 2304, thememory sled 1640 determines an interleaving configuration for thecompute sled 1630 as a function of the memory characteristics and QoS targets associated with thecompute sled 1630. In particular, inblock 2306, thememory sled 1640 determines a CPU bandwidth and the QoS targets associated with thecompute sled 1630. For instance, thememory sled 1640 may obtain such information from the request sent by theorchestrator server 1620. Once determined, in block 2308, thememory sled 1640 identifies one or more available memory channels connecting to the memory devices of thememory pool 1670 to interleave as a function of the determination. To do so, thememory sled 1640 may evaluate memory devices of thememory pool 1670 that are available to service the request. Further, thememory sled 1640 may determine, from the available memory devices, a subset of the available memory devices that potentially satisfy QoS performance targets (e.g., based on predefined characteristics of the memory device, such as input/output speed, memory capacity, etc.). - In
block 2310, thememory sled 1640 configures memory pool resources (e.g., logical memory addresses each corresponding to a physical location on a given memory device in the memory pool 1670) according to the determined interleaving configuration. In particular, in block 2312, thememory sled 1640 exposes a logical address space having memory addresses corresponding to an interleaving of memory channels to the memory devices of thememory pool 1670. For example, the determined interleaving configuration may include channels connecting with a memory device A, a memory device B, or a memory device C. A first logical address may be mapped to memory device A, a second logical address may be mapped to memory device B, a third logical address may be mapped to memory device C, and so on, such that successive logical addresses alternative between memory devices A, B, and C. - In
block 2314, thememory sled 1640 sends a notification of the allocation of the memory addresses to thecompute sled 1630. Thememory sled 1640 may also send the notification theorchestrator server 1620 in response to the request. Once allocated, inblock 2316, thememory sled 1640 performs memory access operations on behalf of thecompute sled 1630. For instance, inblock 2318, thememory sled 1640 writes to the memory at addresses to which thecompute sled 1630 has write permission. Inblock 2320, thememory sled 1640 reads from the memory at addresses to which thecompute sled 1630 has read permission. Advantageously, the interleaving configuration allows thememory sled 1640 to access the memory at requested locations at a relatively faster rate than if the memory address space was allocated such that contiguous memory addresses were located on a single memory device due to possible waiting times on the memory device for subsequent memory operations. - Referring now to
FIG. 24 , thecompute sled 1630, in operation, may execute amethod 2400 for interleaving memory access to thememory pool 1670 by the processor(s) of thecompute sled 1630. As shown, themethod 2400 begins inblock 2402, where thecompute sled 1630 receives an allocation of memory addresses from thememory sled 1640. Thecompute sled 1630 may receive the allocation in response to a request by theorchestrator server 1620 to thememory sled 1640 to provision thecompute sled 1630. - In
block 2404, thecompute sled 1630 determines whether memory interleaving is currently enabled for use within thecompute sled 1630. For instance, memory interleaving may be enabled as part of a service level agreement (SLA) for a given user or group of users having workloads to be executed on thecompute sled 1630. If memory interleaving for use within thecompute sled 1630 is not enabled, then themethod 2400 ends. Otherwise, inblock 2406, thecompute sled 1630 determines a configuration for memory interleaving across one or more links of a given processor (e.g., aCPU 1680, 1682). In particular, inblock 2408, thecompute sled 1630 evaluates one or more interleaving policies associated with the processor. For example, an interleaving policy may indicate that, based on present workloads to be executed on thecompute sled 1630, a given n-way interleaving should be used. - In
block 2410, thecompute sled 1630 configures the interleaving as a function of the determination. In particular, inblock 2412, thecompute sled 1630 assigns each of the allocated memory addresses to one of the processor memory links according to the determined interleaving policy. The assignment is performed in an interleaved manner such that each contiguous address is assigned to a different memory link. Once assigned, inblock 2414, thecompute sled 1630 performs memory operations to the memory addresses of the memory pool using the configured interleaving. For example, thecompute sled 1630 may send requests to thememory sled 1640 that includes the type of memory operation (e.g., read or write operation) and a memory address at which to perform the operation. By interleaving access to thememory pool 1670 by processor memory links for contiguous memory addresses, thecompute sled 1630 enables relatively faster operations to be performed on the memory (e.g., by avoiding the wait time involved with using the same memory link to access thememory pool 1670 at contiguous addresses). - Referring now to
FIG. 25 , theorchestrator server 1620, in operation, may perform amethod 2500 for adjusting an interleaving configuration by the memory sled 1640 (or 1650) for a givencompute sled 1630 to satisfy one or more QoS performance targets. Inblock 2502, theorchestrator server 1620 determines one or more target QoS metrics for thecompute sled 1630. For example, theorchestrator server 1620 may evaluate predefined QoS data (e.g., QoS data 2204) associated with thecompute sled 1630 and identify one or more targets relating to memory performance, such as memory bandwidth, throughput, input/output speed, and the like. - In block 2504, the
orchestrator server 1620 evaluates a present interleaving configuration of thecompute sled 1630. As stated, thememory sled 1640 may send a notification of a present configuration of interleaving for acompute sled 1630 to theorchestrator server 1620 when memory is allocated to thecompute sled 1630. Further, theorchestrator server 1620 may observe telemetry data during execution of workloads by the compute sled 1630 (e.g., using a performance monitor executing in the system 1610). The telemetry data may be indicative of memory utilization metrics. Inblock 2506, theorchestrator server 1620 determines, based on the notification provided by thememory sled 1640 and the present execution of the workloads by thecompute sled 1630, whether the present interleaving configuration satisfies the QoS performance targets. For example, theorchestrator server 1620 determines whether presently observed metrics relating to memory fall within a specified target range, exceed a specified threshold, or fall below another specified threshold. If the present configuration satisfies the performance targets, then themethod 2500 loops back to block 2504. - Otherwise, in
block 2508, theorchestrator server 1620 modifies the interleaving configuration as a function of the QoS performance targets. In particular, in block 2510, theorchestrator server 1620 causes (e.g., sends an instruction to) thememory sled 1640 to allocate (or deallocate) memory channels to thecompute sled 1630 such that the QoS performance targets are satisfied. For instance, theorchestrator server 1620 may indicate that additional memory devices (falling within the scope of an SLA) should be included with the interleaving configuration. Theorchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to thememory pool controller 1660 to add those devices (e.g., by providing an identifier associated with the memory devices in the instruction). As another example, theorchestrator server 1620 may indicate that some of the memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration should be removed therefrom. Theorchestrator server 1620 may send an instruction to thememory pool controller 1660 to remove the identified devices (e.g., by identifiers associated with the memory devices). Further, inblock 2512, theorchestrator server 1620 causes thememory sled 1640 to configure interleaving for the presently allocated channels. In turn, thememory pool controller 1660 may reconfigure the interleaving to reflect the change in memory devices associated with the interleaving configuration. Inblock 2514, theorchestrator server 1620 may send a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to thecompute sled 1630. Subsequently, themethod 2500 returns to block 2504, in which theorchestrator server 1620 evaluates the modified interleaving configuration during execution of the one or more workloads by thecompute sled 1630 and determine whether the modified interleaving configuration satisfies the one or more QoS performance targets. - Illustrative examples of the technologies disclosed herein are provided below. An embodiment of the technologies may include any one or more, and any combination of, the examples described below.
- Example 1 includes a memory sled, comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 2 includes the subject matter of Example 1, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises to determine a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identify, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- Example 3 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1 and 2, and wherein to configure the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises to expose an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 4 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-3, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 5 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-4, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to send a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 6 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-5, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and write, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 7 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-6, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and read, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 8 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-7, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 9 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-8, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to receive, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 10 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-9, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 11 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-10, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 12 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-11, and wherein the memory pool controller is further to configure one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 13 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 1-12, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 14 includes a method comprising receiving, by a memory sled, a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of a memory pool to a compute sled, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, determining, by the memory sled, an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and configuring, by the memory sled, the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 15 includes the subject matter of Example 14, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- Example 16 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14 and 15, and wherein configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 17 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-16, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 18 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-17, and further including sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 19 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-18, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 20 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-19, and further including receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 21 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-20, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 22 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-21, and further including receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 23 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-22, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 24 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-23, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 25 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-24, and further including configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 26 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 14-25, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 27 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a memory sled to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 28 includes a memory sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 29 includes a memory sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 14-26.
- Example 30 includes a memory sled comprising a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for receiving a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to a compute sled; means for determining an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices; and means for configuring the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 31 includes the subject matter of Example 30, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration for the compute sled comprises means for determining a processor bandwidth and one or more quality of service (QoS) targets associated with the compute sled; and means for identifying, as a function of the determination of the processor bandwidth and the QoS targets, one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices to interleave.
- Example 32 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30 and 31, and wherein the means for configuring the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool comprises means for exposing an address space that includes the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 33 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-32, and wherein each of the one or more memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of the identified one or more memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 34 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-33, and further including means for sending a notification, to a compute device, in response to the request to allocate the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool.
- Example 35 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-34, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to write to the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for writing, in response to the command, to the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 36 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-35, and further including means for receiving, from the compute sled, a command to read from the one or more memory addresses configured according to the determined interleaving configuration; and means for reading, in response to the command, from the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 37 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-36, and wherein the interleaved access is to a subset of the one or more memory devices of the memory pool.
- Example 38 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-37, and further including means for receiving, from an orchestrator server, a modification of the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 39 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-38, and wherein the modification of the interleaving configuration is determined as a function of a QoS target.
- Example 40 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-39, and wherein the modification is indicative of an addition of one or more of the memory devices to the interleaving configuration.
- Example 41 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-40, and further including means for configuring one or more additional memory addresses of the memory pool according to the modification of the determined interleaving configuration, wherein each of the one or more additional memory addresses corresponds to an interleaving of additional memory channels connecting with the one or more memory devices.
- Example 42 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 30-41, and wherein the modification is indicative of a removal of one or more of the memory devices from the interleaving configuration.
- Example 43 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine having a first processor and a second processor, the compute engine to (i) receive, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of the first processor or the second processor, and (iii) configure access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 44 includes the subject matter of Example 43, and wherein to determine the interleaving configuration comprises to evaluate one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 45 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43 and 44, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 46 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-45, and wherein the compute engine is further to assign access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 47 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-46, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 48 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-47, and wherein the compute engine is further to perform a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 49 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-48, and wherein the compute engine is further to determine whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 50 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 43-49, and wherein the compute engine is further to send a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 51 includes a method comprising receiving, by a compute sled and from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute sled, an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and configuring, by the compute sled, access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 52 includes the subject matter of Example 51, and wherein determining the interleaving configuration comprises evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 53 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51 and 52, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 54 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-53, and further including assigning, by the compute sled, access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 55 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-54, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 56 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-55, and further including performing, by the compute sled, a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 57 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-56, and further including determining, by the compute sled, whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 58 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 51-57, and further including sending, by the compute sled, a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 59 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute sled to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 60 includes a compute sled comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 61 includes a compute sled comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 51-58.
- Example 62 includes a compute sled comprising means for receiving, from a memory sled, an allocation of one or more memory addresses of a memory address space of a memory pool, wherein the memory pool includes one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining an interleaving configuration that provides access to the one or more memory addresses via one or more memory links that are each coupled with one of a first processor or a second processor; and means for configuring access to the one or more memory addresses via the one or more memory links according to the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 63 includes the subject matter of Example 62, and wherein the means for determining the interleaving configuration comprises means for evaluating one or more interleaving policies associated with the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 64 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62 and 63, and wherein the one or more interleaving policies are based on bandwidth characteristics of the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 65 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-64, and further including means for assigning access to each of the memory addresses to one of the memory links as a function of the evaluated interleaving policies.
- Example 66 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-65, and further including means for performing a read operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 67 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-66, and further including means for performing a write operation on the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool using the determined interleaving configuration.
- Example 68 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-67, and further including means for determining whether interleaving is enabled for the first processor and the second processor.
- Example 69 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 62-68, and further including means for sending a request to the memory sled for the allocation of the one or more memory addresses.
- Example 70 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to (i) determine a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices, (ii) determine whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS, and (iii) modify, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- Example 71 includes the subject matter of Example 70, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 72 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70 and 71, and wherein to modify the interleaving configuration comprises to cause the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and cause the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 73 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-72, and wherein the compute engine is further to send, to the compute sled, a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration.
- Example 74 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-73, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 75 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-74, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 76 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 70-75, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 77 includes a method comprising determining, by a compute device, a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; determining, by the compute device, whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- Example 78 includes the subject matter of Example 77, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 79 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77 and 78, and wherein modifying the interleaving configuration comprises causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 80 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-79, and further including sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
- Example 81 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-80, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 82 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-81, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 83 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 77-82, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 84 includes one or more machine-readable storage media comprising a plurality of instructions stored thereon that, in response to being executed, cause a compute device to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 85 includes a compute device comprising means for performing the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 86 includes a compute device comprising a compute engine to perform the method of any of Examples 77-83.
- Example 87 includes a compute device comprising means for determining a target quality of service (QoS) for a compute sled, wherein the compute sled is presently configured with a interleaving configuration that provides access, via a memory sled, to a memory pool having one or more byte-addressable memory devices; means for determining whether the interleaving configuration satisfies the target QoS; and means for modifying, in response to a determination that that the interleaving configuration does not satisfy the target QoS, the interleaving configuration as a function of the target QoS.
- Example 88 includes the subject matter of Example 87, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to allocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices to the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 89 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87 and 88, and wherein the means for modifying the interleaving configuration comprises means for causing the memory sled to deallocate memory channels coupled with the memory devices from the compute sled to satisfy the QoS target; and means for causing the memory sled to configure interleaving for the allocated memory channels.
- Example 90 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-89, and further including means for sending a notification of the modification of the interleaving configuration to the compute sled.
- Example 91 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-90, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices.
- Example 92 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-91, and wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a first subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 93 includes the subject matter of any of Examples 87-92, and wherein the modified interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to a second subset of the one or more memory devices.
- Example 94 includes a system comprising a compute sled; and a memory sled coupled to the compute sled, wherein the memory sled includes a memory pool comprising one or more byte-addressable memory devices; a memory pool controller coupled to the memory pool, wherein the memory pool controller is to (i) receive a request to allocate a plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to the compute sled, (ii) determine an interleaving configuration for the compute sled as a function of one or more memory characteristics associated with the compute sled, wherein the interleaving configuration is indicative of a mapping of the plurality of memory addresses of the memory pool to an interleaved access to the one or more memory devices, and (iii) configure the one or more memory addresses of the memory pool according to the determined interleaving configuration.
Claims (25)
Priority Applications (1)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US15/868,492 US20190042408A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-01-11 | Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
IN201741030632 | 2017-08-30 | ||
IN201741030632 | 2017-08-30 | ||
US201762584401P | 2017-11-10 | 2017-11-10 | |
US15/868,492 US20190042408A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-01-11 | Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20190042408A1 true US20190042408A1 (en) | 2019-02-07 |
Family
ID=65037934
Family Applications (26)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/833,523 Abandoned US20190044809A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-06 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US15/856,220 Active 2038-02-10 US10554391B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for dynamically allocating data storage capacity for different data storage types |
US15/856,858 Abandoned US20190034490A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for structured database query |
US15/856,173 Active 2038-03-05 US10469252B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for efficiently managing allocation of memory in a shared memory pool |
US15/856,556 Expired - Fee Related US10567166B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for dividing memory across socket partitions |
US15/856,644 Expired - Fee Related US10728024B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for providing runtime code in an option ROM |
US15/858,569 Abandoned US20190042126A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-29 | Technologies for storage discovery and reallocation |
US15/859,367 Active 2038-05-02 US10581596B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for managing errors in a remotely accessible memory pool |
US15/859,387 Active 2039-08-29 US11050554B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for managing exact match hash table growth |
US15/859,369 Active US10476670B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for providing remote access to a shared memory pool |
US15/859,391 Active 2040-06-07 US11249816B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Pivot rack |
US15/868,594 Abandoned US20190042611A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-01-11 | Technologies for structured database query for finding unique element values |
US15/868,492 Abandoned US20190042408A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-01-11 | Technologies for interleaving memory across shared memory pools |
US15/912,733 Active 2039-08-23 US11025411B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-06 | Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/922,502 Abandoned US20190042091A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-15 | Technologies for providing efficient distributed data storage in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/922,493 Abandoned US20190042090A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-15 | Technologies for separating control plane management from data plane management for distributed storage in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/941,114 Abandoned US20190052457A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-30 | Technologies for providing efficient sharing of encrypted data in a disaggregated architecture |
US16/045,345 Active US10756886B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-07-25 | Technologies for load balancing a network |
US17/001,502 Active 2038-09-30 US11588624B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2020-08-24 | Technologies for load balancing a network |
US17/332,733 Active 2038-03-14 US11522682B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-05-27 | Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture |
US17/344,253 Active 2038-08-11 US11843691B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-06-10 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US17/391,549 Abandoned US20220012105A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-08-02 | Technologies for allocating resources across data centers |
US17/871,429 Active 2038-04-02 US11888967B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2022-07-22 | Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection |
US18/238,096 Pending US20230421358A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-08-25 | Technologies for allocating resources across data centers |
US18/241,748 Pending US20230412365A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-09-01 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US18/542,308 Pending US20240195605A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-12-15 | Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection |
Family Applications Before (12)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/833,523 Abandoned US20190044809A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-06 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US15/856,220 Active 2038-02-10 US10554391B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for dynamically allocating data storage capacity for different data storage types |
US15/856,858 Abandoned US20190034490A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for structured database query |
US15/856,173 Active 2038-03-05 US10469252B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for efficiently managing allocation of memory in a shared memory pool |
US15/856,556 Expired - Fee Related US10567166B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for dividing memory across socket partitions |
US15/856,644 Expired - Fee Related US10728024B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-28 | Technologies for providing runtime code in an option ROM |
US15/858,569 Abandoned US20190042126A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-29 | Technologies for storage discovery and reallocation |
US15/859,367 Active 2038-05-02 US10581596B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for managing errors in a remotely accessible memory pool |
US15/859,387 Active 2039-08-29 US11050554B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for managing exact match hash table growth |
US15/859,369 Active US10476670B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Technologies for providing remote access to a shared memory pool |
US15/859,391 Active 2040-06-07 US11249816B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2017-12-30 | Pivot rack |
US15/868,594 Abandoned US20190042611A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-01-11 | Technologies for structured database query for finding unique element values |
Family Applications After (13)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US15/912,733 Active 2039-08-23 US11025411B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-06 | Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/922,502 Abandoned US20190042091A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-15 | Technologies for providing efficient distributed data storage in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/922,493 Abandoned US20190042090A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-15 | Technologies for separating control plane management from data plane management for distributed storage in a disaggregated architecture |
US15/941,114 Abandoned US20190052457A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-03-30 | Technologies for providing efficient sharing of encrypted data in a disaggregated architecture |
US16/045,345 Active US10756886B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2018-07-25 | Technologies for load balancing a network |
US17/001,502 Active 2038-09-30 US11588624B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2020-08-24 | Technologies for load balancing a network |
US17/332,733 Active 2038-03-14 US11522682B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-05-27 | Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture |
US17/344,253 Active 2038-08-11 US11843691B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-06-10 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US17/391,549 Abandoned US20220012105A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2021-08-02 | Technologies for allocating resources across data centers |
US17/871,429 Active 2038-04-02 US11888967B2 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2022-07-22 | Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection |
US18/238,096 Pending US20230421358A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-08-25 | Technologies for allocating resources across data centers |
US18/241,748 Pending US20230412365A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-09-01 | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US18/542,308 Pending US20240195605A1 (en) | 2017-08-30 | 2023-12-15 | Technologies for dynamic accelerator selection |
Country Status (5)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (26) | US20190044809A1 (en) |
EP (5) | EP3823245A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP7214394B2 (en) |
CN (13) | CN109426455A (en) |
DE (1) | DE102018212479A1 (en) |
Cited By (12)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10579548B2 (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2020-03-03 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Adaptive interleaving of data transfer requests |
US10785549B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2020-09-22 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US10990517B1 (en) * | 2019-01-28 | 2021-04-27 | Xilinx, Inc. | Configurable overlay on wide memory channels for efficient memory access |
US11137922B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2021-10-05 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture |
US20220103290A1 (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2022-03-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Interleaver design for noncoherent reed muller codes |
US20220171549A1 (en) * | 2020-11-27 | 2022-06-02 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth |
US20230046403A1 (en) * | 2021-08-11 | 2023-02-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-device processing activity allocation |
US20230134639A1 (en) * | 2021-11-04 | 2023-05-04 | SK Hynix Inc. | Storage device and operating method thereof |
US20240037029A1 (en) * | 2022-07-27 | 2024-02-01 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Client allocation of memory across memory servers |
US20240143498A1 (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods, devices, and systems for allocating memory space |
US11989135B2 (en) * | 2020-02-10 | 2024-05-21 | Intel Corporation | Programmable address range engine for larger region sizes |
US20240289034A1 (en) * | 2023-02-28 | 2024-08-29 | SK Hynix Inc. | Computing system and method of operating the same |
Families Citing this family (140)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9367562B2 (en) | 2013-12-05 | 2016-06-14 | Google Inc. | Distributing data on distributed storage systems |
US9448887B1 (en) * | 2015-08-22 | 2016-09-20 | Weka.IO Ltd. | Distributed erasure coded virtual file system |
US11016832B2 (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2021-05-25 | Intel Corporation | Cloud-based scale-up system composition |
US11153164B2 (en) | 2017-01-04 | 2021-10-19 | International Business Machines Corporation | Live, in-line hardware component upgrades in disaggregated systems |
US10534598B2 (en) | 2017-01-04 | 2020-01-14 | International Business Machines Corporation | Rolling upgrades in disaggregated systems |
WO2018173164A1 (en) * | 2017-03-22 | 2018-09-27 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Data processing system |
US11030126B2 (en) * | 2017-07-14 | 2021-06-08 | Intel Corporation | Techniques for managing access to hardware accelerator memory |
US20190044809A1 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-02-07 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US10298496B1 (en) * | 2017-09-26 | 2019-05-21 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Packet processing cache |
US10726930B2 (en) | 2017-10-06 | 2020-07-28 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Method and system for a storage (SSD) drive-level failure and health prediction leveraging machine learning on internal parametric data |
JP6757708B2 (en) * | 2017-10-31 | 2020-09-23 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Information processing device and component management method |
US11262912B2 (en) * | 2017-11-13 | 2022-03-01 | Weka.IO Ltd. | File operations in a distributed storage system |
US11050574B2 (en) * | 2017-11-29 | 2021-06-29 | Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. | Authentication based on physically unclonable functions |
US11317542B2 (en) | 2017-12-30 | 2022-04-26 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for improving processor thermal design power |
EP3744066B1 (en) * | 2018-01-28 | 2024-10-09 | Drivenets Ltd. | Method and device for improving bandwidth utilization in a communication network |
US10990554B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2021-04-27 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Mechanism to identify FPGA and SSD pairing in a multi-device environment |
US10635609B2 (en) | 2018-03-02 | 2020-04-28 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for supporting erasure code data protection with embedded PCIE switch inside FPGA+SSD |
US20240095196A1 (en) * | 2018-03-02 | 2024-03-21 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Method for supporting erasure code data protection with embedded pcie switch inside fpga+ssd |
US10838647B2 (en) * | 2018-03-14 | 2020-11-17 | Intel Corporation | Adaptive data migration across disaggregated memory resources |
US11108697B2 (en) * | 2018-03-30 | 2021-08-31 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for controlling jitter at network packet egress |
US10776509B2 (en) * | 2018-04-13 | 2020-09-15 | Mastercard International Incorporated | Computer-implemented methods, systems comprising computer-readable media, and electronic devices for secure multi-datasource query job status notification |
US11330042B2 (en) * | 2018-05-17 | 2022-05-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Optimizing dynamic resource allocations for storage-dependent workloads in disaggregated data centers |
US10552185B2 (en) * | 2018-05-24 | 2020-02-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Lightweight and precise value profiling |
US10656990B2 (en) * | 2018-06-13 | 2020-05-19 | Nutanix, Inc. | Dynamically adjusting reserve portion and allocation portions of disaster recovery site in a virtual computing system |
US10846070B2 (en) * | 2018-07-05 | 2020-11-24 | At&T Intellectual Property I, L.P. | Facilitating cloud native edge computing via behavioral intelligence |
US10831411B2 (en) * | 2018-07-24 | 2020-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Storage controller with OCS for managing active-passive backend storage arrays |
US11586514B2 (en) * | 2018-08-13 | 2023-02-21 | Stratus Technologies Ireland Ltd. | High reliability fault tolerant computer architecture |
CN109325494B (en) * | 2018-08-27 | 2021-09-17 | 腾讯科技(深圳)有限公司 | Picture processing method, task data processing method and device |
US11182322B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2021-11-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient component communication through resource rewiring in disaggregated datacenters |
US10915493B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2021-02-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Component building blocks and optimized compositions thereof in disaggregated datacenters |
US10802988B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2020-10-13 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic memory-based communication in disaggregated datacenters |
US11650849B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2023-05-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient component communication through accelerator switching in disaggregated datacenters |
US10831698B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2020-11-10 | International Business Machines Corporation | Maximizing high link bandwidth utilization through efficient component communication in disaggregated datacenters |
US11012423B2 (en) | 2018-09-25 | 2021-05-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Maximizing resource utilization through efficient component communication in disaggregated datacenters |
US11163713B2 (en) * | 2018-09-25 | 2021-11-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient component communication through protocol switching in disaggregated datacenters |
US10901893B2 (en) * | 2018-09-28 | 2021-01-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Memory bandwidth management for performance-sensitive IaaS |
US11096284B2 (en) * | 2018-10-01 | 2021-08-17 | Intel Corporation | Compact semiconductor chip system and method |
US11023155B2 (en) | 2018-10-29 | 2021-06-01 | International Business Machines Corporation | Processing event messages for changed data objects to determine a storage pool to store the changed data objects |
US10983985B2 (en) * | 2018-10-29 | 2021-04-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Determining a storage pool to store changed data objects indicated in a database |
US11379488B2 (en) * | 2018-11-07 | 2022-07-05 | Sap Se | Energy-efficient decay algorithm for non-volatile memories |
US11429674B2 (en) | 2018-11-15 | 2022-08-30 | International Business Machines Corporation | Processing event messages for data objects to determine data to redact from a database |
US11409900B2 (en) | 2018-11-15 | 2022-08-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Processing event messages for data objects in a message queue to determine data to redact |
FR3092218B1 (en) * | 2019-01-28 | 2023-12-22 | Ateme | Data communication method, and system for implementing the method |
US11023324B2 (en) * | 2019-01-31 | 2021-06-01 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Harmonization of failure domains in a distributed system |
US10983948B2 (en) * | 2019-03-07 | 2021-04-20 | Raytheon Company | Reconfigurable computing appliance |
JP7305990B2 (en) * | 2019-03-12 | 2023-07-11 | 富士通株式会社 | Transfer program, transfer method, and information processing device |
US20190235773A1 (en) * | 2019-04-09 | 2019-08-01 | Mark Schmisseur | Concept for accessing computer memory of a memory pool |
SG11202111158SA (en) * | 2019-04-25 | 2021-11-29 | Liveperson Inc | Smart capacity for workload routing |
US11088967B2 (en) * | 2019-04-26 | 2021-08-10 | Intel Corporation | Shared resources for multiple communication traffics |
DK180371B1 (en) | 2019-05-20 | 2021-02-11 | Mountain Top Ind Aps | A lid arrangement for a canister for a rollup truck bed cover |
EP3942747A4 (en) | 2019-05-23 | 2023-05-24 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development LP | Systems and methods for on the fly routing in the presence of errors |
US11397653B2 (en) | 2019-05-29 | 2022-07-26 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for fast recovery of distributed storage systems on disaggregated storage |
US10970309B2 (en) * | 2019-06-05 | 2021-04-06 | Advanced New Technologies Co., Ltd. | Data storage method and apparatus |
CN110209249A (en) * | 2019-06-06 | 2019-09-06 | 英业达科技有限公司 | The casing of server |
US11074177B2 (en) * | 2019-06-19 | 2021-07-27 | Micron Technology, Inc. | Garbage collection adapted to host write activity |
US11049570B2 (en) * | 2019-06-26 | 2021-06-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic writes-per-day adjustment for storage drives |
US11163482B2 (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2021-11-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic performance-class adjustment for storage drives |
US11137915B2 (en) | 2019-06-27 | 2021-10-05 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamic logical storage capacity adjustment for storage drives |
US10949362B2 (en) * | 2019-06-28 | 2021-03-16 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for facilitating remote memory requests in accelerator devices |
EP3981150A4 (en) | 2019-07-09 | 2022-08-03 | Beijing Bytedance Network Technology Co., Ltd. | Sample determination for adaptive loop filtering |
BR112022000542A2 (en) | 2019-07-11 | 2022-03-15 | Beijing Bytedance Network Tech Co Ltd | Video data processing method, apparatus for processing video data, computer readable non-transient recording and storage media |
US11803773B2 (en) * | 2019-07-30 | 2023-10-31 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Machine learning-based anomaly detection using time series decomposition |
US10925166B1 (en) * | 2019-08-07 | 2021-02-16 | Quanta Computer Inc. | Protection fixture |
US20200136921A1 (en) * | 2019-09-28 | 2020-04-30 | Intel Corporation | Methods, system, articles of manufacture, and apparatus to manage telemetry data in an edge environment |
US11550617B2 (en) | 2019-10-16 | 2023-01-10 | Intel Corporation | Disaggregated rack mount storage side transaction support |
US12086446B2 (en) | 2019-10-21 | 2024-09-10 | Intel Corporation | Memory and storage pool interfaces |
US11782810B2 (en) * | 2019-11-22 | 2023-10-10 | Dell Products, L.P. | Systems and methods for automated field replacement component configuration |
US11861219B2 (en) | 2019-12-12 | 2024-01-02 | Intel Corporation | Buffer to reduce write amplification of misaligned write operations |
WO2021137885A1 (en) * | 2020-01-02 | 2021-07-08 | Level 3 Communications, Llc | Systems and methods for storing content items in secondary storage |
US11483246B2 (en) | 2020-01-13 | 2022-10-25 | Vmware, Inc. | Tenant-specific quality of service |
US11561916B2 (en) * | 2020-01-13 | 2023-01-24 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Processing task deployment in adapter devices and accelerators |
US11275705B2 (en) * | 2020-01-28 | 2022-03-15 | Dell Products L.P. | Rack switch coupling system |
US10853548B1 (en) * | 2020-02-11 | 2020-12-01 | Capital One Services, Llc | Reconfiguration of hardware components of an integrated circuit |
US11599395B2 (en) * | 2020-02-19 | 2023-03-07 | Vmware, Inc. | Dynamic core allocation |
US11436367B2 (en) | 2020-02-25 | 2022-09-06 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Pre-operating system environment-based sanitization of storage devices |
US11115497B2 (en) * | 2020-03-25 | 2021-09-07 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for providing advanced resource management in a disaggregated environment |
US11509079B2 (en) * | 2020-04-06 | 2022-11-22 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Blind mate connections with different sets of datums |
US11360681B2 (en) * | 2020-05-27 | 2022-06-14 | Xiaoliang Zhao | Systems and methods for scalable shared memory among networked devices comprising IP addressable memory blocks |
US11962518B2 (en) | 2020-06-02 | 2024-04-16 | VMware LLC | Hardware acceleration techniques using flow selection |
US11522917B2 (en) * | 2020-06-10 | 2022-12-06 | Arista Networks, Inc. | Scalable network processing segmentation |
US11539633B2 (en) | 2020-08-31 | 2022-12-27 | Vmware, Inc. | Determining whether to rate limit traffic |
US11853798B2 (en) * | 2020-09-03 | 2023-12-26 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Disaggregated memory pool assignment |
JP7527910B2 (en) * | 2020-09-16 | 2024-08-05 | キオクシア株式会社 | COMMUNICATION SYSTEM, DEVICE, AND COMMUNICATION METHOD |
US11593278B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2023-02-28 | Vmware, Inc. | Using machine executing on a NIC to access a third party storage not supported by a NIC or host |
US12021759B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2024-06-25 | VMware LLC | Packet processing with hardware offload units |
US11792134B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2023-10-17 | Vmware, Inc. | Configuring PNIC to perform flow processing offload using virtual port identifiers |
US11875172B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2024-01-16 | VMware LLC | Bare metal computer for booting copies of VM images on multiple computing devices using a smart NIC |
US11636053B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2023-04-25 | Vmware, Inc. | Emulating a local storage by accessing an external storage through a shared port of a NIC |
US11716383B2 (en) | 2020-09-28 | 2023-08-01 | Vmware, Inc. | Accessing multiple external storages to present an emulated local storage through a NIC |
US11392740B2 (en) * | 2020-12-18 | 2022-07-19 | SambaNova Systems, Inc. | Dataflow function offload to reconfigurable processors |
US20220231933A1 (en) * | 2021-01-20 | 2022-07-21 | Nvidia Corporation | Performing network congestion control utilizing reinforcement learning |
JP2024504171A (en) | 2021-01-25 | 2024-01-30 | ボリュームズ テクノロジーズ リミテッド | Operating system-based storage methods and systems |
CN114911725A (en) * | 2021-02-10 | 2022-08-16 | 华为技术有限公司 | Communication method, device and system |
US11509590B2 (en) * | 2021-02-17 | 2022-11-22 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Determining network device statistics associated with fast counters and slow counters |
US11785735B2 (en) * | 2021-02-19 | 2023-10-10 | CyberSecure IPS, LLC | Intelligent cable patching of racks to facilitate cable installation |
CN115080258A (en) * | 2021-03-11 | 2022-09-20 | 华为技术有限公司 | Data transmission system and related equipment |
US11863613B1 (en) * | 2021-03-22 | 2024-01-02 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Allocation of workloads in dynamic worker fleet |
CN117203615A (en) | 2021-04-09 | 2023-12-08 | 微软技术许可有限责任公司 | Extending host policies via distribution |
US11757782B2 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2023-09-12 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Architectures for disaggregating SDN from the host |
US11799785B2 (en) | 2021-04-09 | 2023-10-24 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Hardware-based packet flow processing |
CN113127173B (en) * | 2021-04-21 | 2021-09-24 | 浙江大学 | Heterogeneous sensing cluster scheduling method and device |
US20220361354A1 (en) * | 2021-05-10 | 2022-11-10 | Vertiv It Systems, Inc. | Supplemental component mounting platform for equipment rack |
CN113347230B (en) * | 2021-05-13 | 2022-09-06 | 长沙星融元数据技术有限公司 | Load balancing method, device, equipment and medium based on programmable switch |
US20210271517A1 (en) * | 2021-05-19 | 2021-09-02 | Intel Corporation | Resource selection based in part on workload |
US11799784B2 (en) | 2021-06-08 | 2023-10-24 | Vmware, Inc. | Virtualized QoS support in software defined networks |
US20220417138A1 (en) * | 2021-06-25 | 2022-12-29 | Oracle International Corporation | Routing policies for graphical processing units |
US11537457B2 (en) * | 2021-06-25 | 2022-12-27 | Intel Corporation | Low latency remoting to accelerators |
US11669529B2 (en) * | 2021-07-13 | 2023-06-06 | Capital One Services, Llc | Dynamic query allocation to virtual warehouses |
US11914595B2 (en) | 2021-07-13 | 2024-02-27 | Capital One Services, Llc | Virtual warehouse query monitoring and reporting |
US11494413B1 (en) | 2021-07-13 | 2022-11-08 | Capital One Services, Llc | Query alerts generation for virtual warehouse |
US11825354B2 (en) | 2021-08-04 | 2023-11-21 | Dish Wireless L.L.C. | Customer specific network slicing |
US11871547B2 (en) | 2021-09-02 | 2024-01-09 | Baidu Usa Llc | Two phase system for enclosure systems |
US11910575B2 (en) * | 2021-09-02 | 2024-02-20 | Baidu Usa Llc | Rack systems and packaging for servers |
US20220014551A1 (en) * | 2021-09-24 | 2022-01-13 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to reduce risk of denial of service resource acquisition attacks in a data center |
US20230112448A1 (en) * | 2021-10-12 | 2023-04-13 | Seagate Technology Llc | Computational storage drive using fpga implemented interface |
US11650745B1 (en) * | 2021-10-29 | 2023-05-16 | Oracle International Corporation | Increased data processing performance of a non-volatile memory express (NVME) block store |
US11880568B2 (en) | 2021-11-17 | 2024-01-23 | Seagate Technology Llc | On demand configuration of FPGA interfaces |
US11954345B2 (en) * | 2021-12-03 | 2024-04-09 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Two-level indexing for key-value persistent storage device |
US20220116487A1 (en) * | 2021-12-20 | 2022-04-14 | Intel Corporation | Method and apparatus to perform operations on multiple segments of a data packet in a network interface controller |
US11995024B2 (en) | 2021-12-22 | 2024-05-28 | VMware LLC | State sharing between smart NICs |
US11863376B2 (en) | 2021-12-22 | 2024-01-02 | Vmware, Inc. | Smart NIC leader election |
US11934255B2 (en) * | 2022-01-04 | 2024-03-19 | Bank Of America Corporation | System and method for improving memory resource allocations in database blocks for executing tasks |
US20230214337A1 (en) * | 2022-01-06 | 2023-07-06 | Vmware, Inc. | Methods and systems for extablishing direct communications between a server computer and a smart network interface controller |
US11924029B2 (en) | 2022-01-07 | 2024-03-05 | Dell Products L.P. | System for scoring data center application program interfaces |
US11842179B2 (en) | 2022-01-07 | 2023-12-12 | Dell Products L.P. | System for automatically generating customer specific data center application program interfaces |
US11922229B2 (en) | 2022-01-10 | 2024-03-05 | Dell Products L.P. | System for determining data center application program interface readiness |
US11593189B1 (en) * | 2022-01-14 | 2023-02-28 | Dell Products L.P. | Configuring new storage systems based on write endurance |
US11848835B2 (en) * | 2022-01-20 | 2023-12-19 | Dell Products L.P. | System for quantifying data center infrastructure utilization units |
KR102711804B1 (en) * | 2022-01-26 | 2024-10-02 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Method and apparatus for controlling refresh peroid of extended memory pool |
CN114442792A (en) * | 2022-02-09 | 2022-05-06 | 北京小米移动软件有限公司 | Method and device for adjusting operating frequency of processor and storage medium |
US20230038307A1 (en) * | 2022-04-06 | 2023-02-09 | Intel Corporation | Network interface device feedback for adaptive and failover multipath routing |
US11924115B2 (en) * | 2022-05-20 | 2024-03-05 | Ipco 2012 Limited | Systems and methods for use in balancing network resources |
US11899594B2 (en) | 2022-06-21 | 2024-02-13 | VMware LLC | Maintenance of data message classification cache on smart NIC |
US11928062B2 (en) | 2022-06-21 | 2024-03-12 | VMware LLC | Accelerating data message classification with smart NICs |
US11928367B2 (en) | 2022-06-21 | 2024-03-12 | VMware LLC | Logical memory addressing for network devices |
US20240020357A1 (en) * | 2022-07-15 | 2024-01-18 | Vmware, Inc. | Keyless licensing in a multi-cloud computing system |
CN115130666B (en) * | 2022-08-31 | 2022-11-22 | 之江实验室 | Two-dimensional photon convolution acceleration method and system |
US20240163171A1 (en) * | 2022-11-08 | 2024-05-16 | Dell Products L.P. | Logical network resource allocation and creation |
US12132632B2 (en) * | 2022-11-18 | 2024-10-29 | Dell Products L.P. | Unified performance metric for identifying data center utilization |
CN117200422B (en) * | 2023-11-08 | 2024-03-19 | 深圳市胜威南方科技有限公司 | PDU power supply equipment for power supply of communication system |
Family Cites Families (239)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3583625A (en) | 1968-10-25 | 1971-06-08 | Gabriel Gero | Cigarette dispensing package |
US4258967A (en) * | 1979-11-02 | 1981-03-31 | Digital Equipment Corporation | Integral pivot and lock apparatus for slide rack mounted boxes |
JPH0731402Y2 (en) * | 1987-06-15 | 1995-07-19 | パイオニア株式会社 | Cartridge storage disk player |
JPS6450274A (en) * | 1987-08-21 | 1989-02-27 | Pioneer Electronic Corp | Auto-changer type disk player |
DE68923893T2 (en) * | 1988-03-31 | 1996-02-15 | At & T Corp | Interface protocol between user and network for a packet communication network. |
US5123045A (en) * | 1989-08-18 | 1992-06-16 | Massachusetts Institute Of Technology | Comprehensive software protection system |
US5226714A (en) * | 1992-05-26 | 1993-07-13 | Wright Jack V | Pivoting drawer slide system |
JP3215237B2 (en) * | 1993-10-01 | 2001-10-02 | 富士通株式会社 | Storage device and method for writing / erasing storage device |
US5469335A (en) * | 1994-11-14 | 1995-11-21 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Power distribution connector apparatus for back-to-back sandwiched circuit boards |
US5584396A (en) * | 1995-05-17 | 1996-12-17 | Dell Usa Lp | Sliding pivoting storage apparatus |
US6179489B1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2001-01-30 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Devices, methods, systems and software products for coordination of computer main microprocessor and second microprocessor coupled thereto |
US5822582A (en) * | 1996-07-19 | 1998-10-13 | Compaq Computer Corporation | Boot drive selection and hibernation file detection |
US6298370B1 (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2001-10-02 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Computer operating process allocating tasks between first and second processors at run time based upon current processor load |
US6105119A (en) * | 1997-04-04 | 2000-08-15 | Texas Instruments Incorporated | Data transfer circuitry, DSP wrapper circuitry and improved processor devices, methods and systems |
US5974518A (en) * | 1997-04-10 | 1999-10-26 | Milgo Solutions, Inc. | Smart buffer size adaptation apparatus and method |
US6181549B1 (en) * | 1997-06-24 | 2001-01-30 | Dell Products, L.P. | Chassis retaining system for an electronics rack |
US6393483B1 (en) | 1997-06-30 | 2002-05-21 | Adaptec, Inc. | Method and apparatus for network interface card load balancing and port aggregation |
US7133940B2 (en) | 1997-10-14 | 2006-11-07 | Alacritech, Inc. | Network interface device employing a DMA command queue |
US6434620B1 (en) | 1998-08-27 | 2002-08-13 | Alacritech, Inc. | TCP/IP offload network interface device |
US6082845A (en) * | 1998-05-29 | 2000-07-04 | Lucent Technologies, Inc. | Tiltable electronics cabinet |
WO1999063438A1 (en) * | 1998-06-05 | 1999-12-09 | Mylex Corporation | Apparatus, system and method for n-way raid controller |
US6223271B1 (en) * | 1998-07-15 | 2001-04-24 | Compaq Computer Corp. | System and method for detecting system memory size using ROM based paging tables |
US7664883B2 (en) * | 1998-08-28 | 2010-02-16 | Alacritech, Inc. | Network interface device that fast-path processes solicited session layer read commands |
US6714549B1 (en) * | 1998-12-23 | 2004-03-30 | Worldcom, Inc. | High resiliency network infrastructure |
US6356951B1 (en) * | 1999-03-01 | 2002-03-12 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | System for parsing a packet for conformity with a predetermined protocol using mask and comparison values included in a parsing instruction |
US6493756B1 (en) * | 1999-10-28 | 2002-12-10 | Networks Associates, Inc. | System and method for dynamically sensing an asynchronous network event within a modular framework for network event processing |
US6484224B1 (en) | 1999-11-29 | 2002-11-19 | Cisco Technology Inc. | Multi-interface symmetric multiprocessor |
US6816963B1 (en) * | 2000-01-31 | 2004-11-09 | Intel Corporation | Platform level initialization using an image generated automatically by a remote server based upon description automatically generated and transmitted thereto by a processor-based system |
US6459571B1 (en) * | 2000-06-15 | 2002-10-01 | Bull Hn Information Systems Inc. | Packaging system for mass memory units |
US6990685B1 (en) * | 2000-06-15 | 2006-01-24 | Dell Products L.P. | System and method for tracking bootable devices |
US20020064164A1 (en) * | 2000-10-06 | 2002-05-30 | Barany Peter A. | Protocol header construction and/or removal for messages in wireless communications |
US6498716B1 (en) * | 2001-08-21 | 2002-12-24 | Compaq Information Technologies Group, L.P. | DC main power distribution |
EP1446994A4 (en) * | 2001-10-30 | 2006-05-17 | Egenera Inc | Simplified power and data connector for use with chassis system that house multiple processors |
US6968414B2 (en) * | 2001-12-04 | 2005-11-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Monitoring insertion/removal of server blades in a data processing system |
US6657867B2 (en) * | 2001-12-14 | 2003-12-02 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, Lp. | Hinged door for access to add-in cards |
US20030172205A1 (en) * | 2002-01-11 | 2003-09-11 | Bastian Richard Henry | Methods and components for mechanical computer |
US7100031B1 (en) * | 2002-03-27 | 2006-08-29 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Detector and operational method for a firmware interface |
US7257105B2 (en) * | 2002-10-03 | 2007-08-14 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | L2 method for a wireless station to locate and associate with a wireless network in communication with a Mobile IP agent |
US7610582B2 (en) * | 2003-04-18 | 2009-10-27 | Sap Ag | Managing a computer system with blades |
US20040249932A1 (en) * | 2003-06-05 | 2004-12-09 | Bunz Shain W. | System and method for generating event notifications |
US7467417B2 (en) * | 2003-06-18 | 2008-12-16 | Architecture Technology Corporation | Active verification of boot firmware |
US7864806B2 (en) | 2004-01-06 | 2011-01-04 | Broadcom Corp. | Method and system for transmission control packet (TCP) segmentation offload |
US7120778B2 (en) * | 2004-02-18 | 2006-10-10 | Intel Corporation | Option ROM virtualization |
US9264384B1 (en) * | 2004-07-22 | 2016-02-16 | Oracle International Corporation | Resource virtualization mechanism including virtual host bus adapters |
EP1630657A1 (en) * | 2004-08-30 | 2006-03-01 | STMicroelectronics S.r.l. | Embedded storage device with integrated data-management functions and storage system incorporating it |
US7469241B2 (en) * | 2004-11-30 | 2008-12-23 | Oracle International Corporation | Efficient data aggregation operations using hash tables |
US7386758B2 (en) * | 2005-01-13 | 2008-06-10 | Hitachi, Ltd. | Method and apparatus for reconstructing data in object-based storage arrays |
US7500573B1 (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2009-03-10 | Flynn James T | Saddle rack and harness rack lift |
CN1809054A (en) * | 2005-01-21 | 2006-07-26 | 华为技术有限公司 | SIP message based text decoder |
US7562366B2 (en) | 2005-02-03 | 2009-07-14 | Solarflare Communications, Inc. | Transmit completion event batching |
US7330965B2 (en) * | 2005-02-09 | 2008-02-12 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-tiered boot list |
US7577151B2 (en) * | 2005-04-01 | 2009-08-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Method and apparatus for providing a network connection table |
US7574623B1 (en) * | 2005-04-29 | 2009-08-11 | Network Appliance, Inc. | Method and system for rapidly recovering data from a “sick” disk in a RAID disk group |
US7460758B2 (en) * | 2005-06-03 | 2008-12-02 | Telect Inc. | Fiber management system |
US7584347B2 (en) * | 2005-06-10 | 2009-09-01 | Dell Products L.P. | System and method for identifying bootable device by generating a signature for each bootable device where the signature is independent of a location of the bootable device |
US8713180B2 (en) * | 2005-06-22 | 2014-04-29 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Zero-copy network and file offload for web and application servers |
US7791890B2 (en) * | 2005-10-07 | 2010-09-07 | Nec Corporation | Computer system |
JP2007133807A (en) * | 2005-11-14 | 2007-05-31 | Hitachi Ltd | Data processing system, storage device, and management unit |
US7423870B2 (en) * | 2005-11-18 | 2008-09-09 | International Business Machines Corporation | Blade server assembly |
US7500073B1 (en) * | 2006-03-29 | 2009-03-03 | Sun Microsystems, Inc. | Relocation of virtual-to-physical mappings |
US20070233928A1 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2007-10-04 | Robert Gough | Mechanism and apparatus for dynamically providing required resources for a hot-added PCI express endpoint or hierarchy |
US7747749B1 (en) * | 2006-05-05 | 2010-06-29 | Google Inc. | Systems and methods of efficiently preloading documents to client devices |
US20080002711A1 (en) * | 2006-06-30 | 2008-01-03 | Bugenhagen Michael K | System and method for access state based service options |
US7987438B2 (en) * | 2006-08-10 | 2011-07-26 | International Business Machines Corporation | Structure for initializing expansion adapters installed in a computer system having similar expansion adapters |
JP4949804B2 (en) * | 2006-11-07 | 2012-06-13 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Integrated management computer, storage device management method, and computer system |
JP4723470B2 (en) * | 2006-12-28 | 2011-07-13 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Computer system and its chipset |
US8464024B2 (en) * | 2007-04-27 | 2013-06-11 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Virtual address hashing |
US8644151B2 (en) * | 2007-05-22 | 2014-02-04 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Processing packet flows |
CN101330446B (en) * | 2007-06-21 | 2012-05-09 | 中兴通讯股份有限公司 | Method for analyzing frame protocol layer frame of enhanced special transmission channel |
US7724668B2 (en) * | 2007-06-27 | 2010-05-25 | Verizon Patent And Licensing Inc. | Bandwidth-based admission control mechanism |
US7793071B2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2010-09-07 | Intel Corporation | Method and system for reducing cache conflicts |
US8151081B2 (en) * | 2007-12-20 | 2012-04-03 | Intel Corporation | Method, system and apparatus for memory address mapping for sub-socket partitioning |
FI123966B (en) * | 2008-02-04 | 2014-01-15 | Tellabs Oy | Data communication device |
US8610727B1 (en) * | 2008-03-14 | 2013-12-17 | Marvell International Ltd. | Dynamic processing core selection for pre- and post-processing of multimedia workloads |
US7801046B2 (en) | 2008-04-28 | 2010-09-21 | Oracle America, Inc. | Method and system for bandwidth control on a network interface card |
WO2009150810A1 (en) * | 2008-06-09 | 2009-12-17 | パナソニック株式会社 | Access device and method for calculating remaining capacity |
US8086838B2 (en) * | 2008-08-13 | 2011-12-27 | Dell Products L.P. | Methods and systems for providing manufacturing mode detection and functionality in a UEFI BIOS |
US8230442B2 (en) * | 2008-09-05 | 2012-07-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Executing an accelerator application program in a hybrid computing environment |
US7921230B2 (en) * | 2008-09-08 | 2011-04-05 | International Business Corporation | USB devices pre-configuration for KVM switch |
US20100061207A1 (en) * | 2008-09-09 | 2010-03-11 | Seagate Technology Llc | Data storage device including self-test features |
TWI378384B (en) * | 2008-10-15 | 2012-12-01 | Phison Electronics Corp | Mother board system, storage device for booting up thereof and connector |
US8024719B2 (en) * | 2008-11-03 | 2011-09-20 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Bounded hash table sorting in a dynamic program profiling system |
CN102265560B (en) | 2008-12-25 | 2014-07-09 | 三菱电机株式会社 | Communication management device, communication device, and communication method |
US8112491B1 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2012-02-07 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Methods and systems for providing direct DMA |
US8103809B1 (en) | 2009-01-16 | 2012-01-24 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Network devices with multiple direct memory access channels and methods thereof |
JP5393199B2 (en) * | 2009-03-02 | 2014-01-22 | キヤノン株式会社 | Start control method and apparatus |
US8266506B2 (en) * | 2009-04-18 | 2012-09-11 | Alcatel Lucent | Method and apparatus for multiset membership testing using combinatorial bloom filters |
JP5447514B2 (en) * | 2009-06-01 | 2014-03-19 | 富士通株式会社 | Electronic unit and electronic system |
WO2011002437A1 (en) * | 2009-06-29 | 2011-01-06 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Memory agent to access memory blade as part of the cache coherency domain |
US8910153B2 (en) * | 2009-07-13 | 2014-12-09 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L. P. | Managing virtualized accelerators using admission control, load balancing and scheduling |
US8560798B2 (en) * | 2009-07-30 | 2013-10-15 | Cleversafe, Inc. | Dispersed storage network virtual address space |
US8832142B2 (en) * | 2010-08-30 | 2014-09-09 | Oracle International Corporation | Query and exadata support for hybrid columnar compressed data |
US9298662B2 (en) * | 2009-12-08 | 2016-03-29 | Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Providing expansion card settings |
US8743877B2 (en) * | 2009-12-21 | 2014-06-03 | Steven L. Pope | Header processing engine |
JP5292321B2 (en) * | 2010-01-13 | 2013-09-18 | アラクサラネットワークス株式会社 | Communication device |
US8473567B2 (en) * | 2010-03-29 | 2013-06-25 | Intel Corporation | Generating a packet including multiple operation codes |
US9754266B2 (en) * | 2010-04-21 | 2017-09-05 | Excalibur Ip, Llc | Online serving threshold and delivery policy adjustment |
US8504718B2 (en) * | 2010-04-28 | 2013-08-06 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | System and method for a context layer switch |
US9300576B2 (en) * | 2010-05-03 | 2016-03-29 | Pluribus Networks Inc. | Methods, systems, and fabrics implementing a distributed network operating system |
US8898324B2 (en) * | 2010-06-24 | 2014-11-25 | International Business Machines Corporation | Data access management in a hybrid memory server |
CN102141825B (en) * | 2010-07-09 | 2013-01-02 | 华为技术有限公司 | Cabinet-level server system |
US8909749B2 (en) * | 2010-07-26 | 2014-12-09 | International Business Macines Corporation | Predictive context-based virtual workspace placement |
TWI406624B (en) * | 2010-11-11 | 2013-08-21 | Inventec Corp | Server |
US10033585B2 (en) * | 2010-12-15 | 2018-07-24 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Methods and apparatus related to a switch fabric system having a multi-hop distributed control plane and a single-hop data plane |
US8812746B2 (en) * | 2010-12-16 | 2014-08-19 | Intel Corporation | Dynamically configurable device host controller |
US8582299B1 (en) * | 2010-12-23 | 2013-11-12 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | System with movable computing devices |
US8832674B2 (en) * | 2011-02-24 | 2014-09-09 | Software Ag Usa, Inc. | Off-heap direct-memory data stores, methods of creating and/or managing off-heap direct-memory data stores, and/or systems including off-heap direct-memory data store |
WO2012120557A1 (en) * | 2011-03-07 | 2012-09-13 | 株式会社日立製作所 | Network management device, network management method and network management system |
US9405550B2 (en) * | 2011-03-31 | 2016-08-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Methods for the transmission of accelerator commands and corresponding command structure to remote hardware accelerator engines over an interconnect link |
US9645628B1 (en) * | 2011-05-09 | 2017-05-09 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Combined data storage and computing appliance that provides scalable storage in a clustered computing environment |
US9042402B1 (en) * | 2011-05-10 | 2015-05-26 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for control protocol validation of a switch fabric system |
GB201107860D0 (en) * | 2011-05-11 | 2011-06-22 | Manda Ion | Rack module |
US9369341B2 (en) * | 2011-05-15 | 2016-06-14 | Orbit Communication Systems Ltd. | Static ring network for vehicle communications |
KR101466560B1 (en) * | 2011-06-07 | 2014-11-28 | 엘에스아이 코포레이션 | Management of device firmware update effects as seen by a host |
US8812555B2 (en) * | 2011-06-18 | 2014-08-19 | Microsoft Corporation | Dynamic lock-free hash tables |
CN102902581B (en) * | 2011-07-29 | 2016-05-11 | 国际商业机器公司 | Hardware accelerator and method, CPU, computing equipment |
CN102929360A (en) * | 2011-08-09 | 2013-02-13 | 鸿富锦精密工业(深圳)有限公司 | Server cabinet |
US8930307B2 (en) * | 2011-09-30 | 2015-01-06 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Method for removing duplicate data from a storage array |
US9021138B2 (en) * | 2011-08-26 | 2015-04-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Performance of multi-processor computer systems |
CN102999139B (en) * | 2011-09-08 | 2016-03-30 | 英业达股份有限公司 | Electric supply installation and the server rack system applying it |
US8964601B2 (en) * | 2011-10-07 | 2015-02-24 | International Business Machines Corporation | Network switching domains with a virtualized control plane |
CN103139106B (en) * | 2011-11-28 | 2014-06-11 | 英业达科技有限公司 | Server rack system |
US8826277B2 (en) * | 2011-11-29 | 2014-09-02 | International Business Machines Corporation | Cloud provisioning accelerator |
US9342314B2 (en) * | 2011-12-08 | 2016-05-17 | Oracle International Corporation | Efficient hardware instructions for single instruction multiple data processors |
US8788663B1 (en) * | 2011-12-20 | 2014-07-22 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Managing resource dependent workflows |
CN106469029B (en) * | 2011-12-31 | 2019-07-23 | 华为数字技术(成都)有限公司 | Data hierarchy storage processing method, device and storage equipment |
US8708736B2 (en) * | 2012-02-01 | 2014-04-29 | Dell Products L.P. | Systems and methods for coupling AC power to a rack-level power infrastructure |
EP2831721B1 (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2020-08-26 | Intel Corporation | Context switching mechanism for a processing core having a general purpose cpu core and a tightly coupled accelerator |
WO2013147885A1 (en) * | 2012-03-30 | 2013-10-03 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus and method for accelerating operations in a processor which uses shared virtual memory |
US8868868B1 (en) * | 2012-05-31 | 2014-10-21 | Netapp, Inc. | Method and system for responding to client requests for information maintained by storage systems |
US9613052B2 (en) * | 2012-06-05 | 2017-04-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Establishing trust within a cloud computing system |
US9064216B2 (en) * | 2012-06-06 | 2015-06-23 | Juniper Networks, Inc. | Identifying likely faulty components in a distributed system |
CN104272288B (en) | 2012-06-08 | 2018-01-30 | 英特尔公司 | For realizing the method and system of virtual machine VM Platform communication loopbacks |
US8838577B2 (en) * | 2012-07-24 | 2014-09-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Accelerated row decompression |
CN103634330A (en) * | 2012-08-20 | 2014-03-12 | 曙光信息产业(北京)有限公司 | Automatic resource distribution method in cloud calculation environment |
US9049114B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2015-06-02 | Cisco Technology, Inc. | Network access device and method for automatically establishing connection to a wide area network |
US10230762B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2019-03-12 | Jpmorgan Chase Bank, N.A. | System and method for sharing information in a private ecosystem |
US9154298B2 (en) * | 2012-08-31 | 2015-10-06 | Cleversafe, Inc. | Securely storing data in a dispersed storage network |
US10554505B2 (en) * | 2012-09-28 | 2020-02-04 | Intel Corporation | Managing data center resources to achieve a quality of service |
US8938417B2 (en) * | 2013-02-22 | 2015-01-20 | International Business Machines Corporation | Integrity checking and selective deduplication based on network parameters |
WO2014133497A1 (en) * | 2013-02-27 | 2014-09-04 | Hitachi Data Systems Corporation | Decoupled content and metadata in a distributed object storage ecosystem |
US20140282584A1 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2014-09-18 | Silicon Graphics International Corp. | Allocating Accelerators to Threads in a High Performance Computing System |
US9558010B2 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2017-01-31 | International Business Machines Corporation | Fast hot boot of a computer system |
US9460024B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-10-04 | Vmware, Inc. | Latency reduction for direct memory access operations involving address translation |
ES2719271T3 (en) * | 2013-03-19 | 2019-07-09 | Adc Czech Republic Sro | Control of curvature and support of connection cables, mobile, for telecommunications panels |
WO2014150352A1 (en) * | 2013-03-21 | 2014-09-25 | Insyde Software Corp. | Network controller sharing between smm firmware and os drivers |
US10037061B1 (en) * | 2013-04-30 | 2018-07-31 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Multiple-stage cooling system for rack |
US8898227B1 (en) * | 2013-05-10 | 2014-11-25 | Owl Computing Technologies, Inc. | NFS storage via multiple one-way data links |
US9424079B2 (en) * | 2013-06-27 | 2016-08-23 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Iteration support in a heterogeneous dataflow engine |
US9056464B2 (en) * | 2013-07-16 | 2015-06-16 | Xerox Corporation | System and method for optimized application of release agent in an inkjet printer with in-line coating |
WO2015023537A2 (en) * | 2013-08-16 | 2015-02-19 | Interdigital Patent Holdings, Inc. | Methods and apparatus for hash routing in software defined networking |
US10684973B2 (en) | 2013-08-30 | 2020-06-16 | Intel Corporation | NUMA node peripheral switch |
US9444914B2 (en) * | 2013-09-16 | 2016-09-13 | Annapurna Labs Ltd. | Configurable parser and a method for parsing information units |
WO2015039687A1 (en) * | 2013-09-19 | 2015-03-26 | Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. | Transmission and reception devices for reducing the delay in end-to-end delivery of network packets |
US9430390B2 (en) * | 2013-09-21 | 2016-08-30 | Oracle International Corporation | Core in-memory space and object management architecture in a traditional RDBMS supporting DW and OLTP applications |
US9467399B2 (en) * | 2013-10-17 | 2016-10-11 | Marvell World Trade Ltd. | Processing concurrency in a network device |
EP3063621A4 (en) * | 2013-10-29 | 2017-07-12 | Intel Corporation | Flexible bootstrap code architecture |
EP3084622A4 (en) * | 2013-12-20 | 2018-02-28 | Intel Corporation | Execution offloading |
EP3095213B1 (en) * | 2014-01-17 | 2018-12-05 | F5 Networks, Inc. | Systems and methods for network destination based flood attack mitigation |
US9740714B2 (en) * | 2014-02-06 | 2017-08-22 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multilevel filters for cache-efficient access |
US20150293699A1 (en) * | 2014-04-11 | 2015-10-15 | Graham Bromley | Network-attached storage enhancement appliance |
WO2015166506A1 (en) * | 2014-04-29 | 2015-11-05 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Network service insertion |
US9356883B1 (en) * | 2014-05-29 | 2016-05-31 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Allocating cloud-hosted application resources using end-user metrics |
US9798636B2 (en) * | 2014-06-23 | 2017-10-24 | Liqid Inc. | Front end traffic handling in modular switched fabric based data storage systems |
US10275171B2 (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2019-04-30 | Kove Ip, Llc | Paging of external memory |
US9626108B2 (en) * | 2014-09-16 | 2017-04-18 | Kove Ip, Llc | Dynamically provisionable and allocatable external memory |
EP3198806B1 (en) * | 2014-09-25 | 2019-09-25 | Intel Corporation | Network communications using pooled memory in rack-scale architecture |
US9971619B2 (en) * | 2014-10-15 | 2018-05-15 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Holdings) Pte Ltd | Methods and systems for forwarding network packets within virtual machine host systems |
US9501420B2 (en) * | 2014-10-22 | 2016-11-22 | Netapp, Inc. | Cache optimization technique for large working data sets |
US9596253B2 (en) * | 2014-10-30 | 2017-03-14 | Splunk Inc. | Capture triggers for capturing network data |
US10116772B2 (en) * | 2014-11-14 | 2018-10-30 | Cavium, Inc. | Network switching with co-resident data-plane and network interface controllers |
US10230824B2 (en) * | 2014-11-17 | 2019-03-12 | Keysight Technologies Singapore (Holdings) Pte. Lte. | Packet classification using memory pointer information |
US10394731B2 (en) * | 2014-12-19 | 2019-08-27 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | System on a chip comprising reconfigurable resources for multiple compute sub-systems |
US9838333B2 (en) * | 2015-01-20 | 2017-12-05 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Software-defined information centric network (ICN) |
US9560078B2 (en) * | 2015-02-04 | 2017-01-31 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for scalable security architecture of virtualized networks |
US9767856B2 (en) * | 2015-02-10 | 2017-09-19 | Netapp, Inc. | High density storage device system |
US10833940B2 (en) * | 2015-03-09 | 2020-11-10 | Vapor IO Inc. | Autonomous distributed workload and infrastructure scheduling |
US9569267B2 (en) * | 2015-03-16 | 2017-02-14 | Intel Corporation | Hardware-based inter-device resource sharing |
US9792154B2 (en) * | 2015-04-17 | 2017-10-17 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Data processing system having a hardware acceleration plane and a software plane |
US10606651B2 (en) | 2015-04-17 | 2020-03-31 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Free form expression accelerator with thread length-based thread assignment to clustered soft processor cores that share a functional circuit |
IL238690B (en) * | 2015-05-07 | 2019-07-31 | Mellanox Technologies Ltd | Network-based computational accelerator |
US9578008B2 (en) * | 2015-05-11 | 2017-02-21 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for secure bootstrapping of virtual network functions |
US9606836B2 (en) * | 2015-06-09 | 2017-03-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Independently networkable hardware accelerators for increased workflow optimization |
US10049078B1 (en) * | 2015-06-25 | 2018-08-14 | Amazon Technologies, Inc. | Accessing a memory location using a two-stage hash scheme |
US10063446B2 (en) * | 2015-06-26 | 2018-08-28 | Intel Corporation | Netflow collection and export offload using network silicon |
US9668382B2 (en) * | 2015-08-11 | 2017-05-30 | Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Coolant distribution unit for a multi-node chassis |
US9891935B2 (en) * | 2015-08-13 | 2018-02-13 | Altera Corporation | Application-based dynamic heterogeneous many-core systems and methods |
US9749266B2 (en) * | 2015-08-28 | 2017-08-29 | International Business Machines Corporation | Coalescing messages using a network interface controller |
US10296232B2 (en) * | 2015-09-01 | 2019-05-21 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Service level based control of storage systems |
CN105183561B (en) * | 2015-09-02 | 2018-09-14 | 浪潮(北京)电子信息产业有限公司 | A kind of resource allocation methods and system |
US11068469B2 (en) * | 2015-09-04 | 2021-07-20 | Arista Networks, Inc. | System and method of a dynamic shared memory hash table with notifications |
US10321597B2 (en) * | 2015-09-07 | 2019-06-11 | Dell Products, L.P. | User interface enhanced storage sled handle with embedded security features |
US10725963B2 (en) * | 2015-09-12 | 2020-07-28 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Distributed lock-free RDMA-based memory allocation and de-allocation |
US20170093770A1 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2017-03-30 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for receive side message inspection and filtering |
US10320710B2 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2019-06-11 | Intel Corporation | Reliable replication mechanisms based on active-passive HFI protocols built on top of non-reliable multicast fabric implementations |
DE112015006944B4 (en) * | 2015-09-25 | 2023-03-23 | Intel Corporation | Apparatus, system and method for facilitating communication over a link with a device external to an assembly |
CN111865657B (en) * | 2015-09-28 | 2022-01-11 | 华为技术有限公司 | Acceleration management node, acceleration node, client and method |
US9996539B1 (en) * | 2015-09-30 | 2018-06-12 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Data protection and long term retention |
US9959146B2 (en) * | 2015-10-20 | 2018-05-01 | Intel Corporation | Computing resources workload scheduling |
US9912788B2 (en) * | 2015-11-10 | 2018-03-06 | Telefonaktiebolaget L M Ericsson (Publ) | Systems and methods of an enhanced state-aware proxy device |
US10206297B2 (en) * | 2015-11-23 | 2019-02-12 | Liqid Inc. | Meshed architecture rackmount storage assembly |
US10691731B2 (en) * | 2015-11-26 | 2020-06-23 | International Business Machines Corporation | Efficient lookup in multiple bloom filters |
CN108292264B (en) * | 2015-12-02 | 2023-01-03 | 瑞典爱立信有限公司 | Method for managing the availability of memory pages and memory availability management module |
US10218647B2 (en) * | 2015-12-07 | 2019-02-26 | Intel Corporation | Mechanism to support multiple-writer/multiple-reader concurrency for software flow/packet classification on general purpose multi-core systems |
KR102509988B1 (en) * | 2015-12-15 | 2023-03-14 | 삼성전자주식회사 | Storage system and method for connection-based load balancing |
US10230633B2 (en) * | 2016-01-21 | 2019-03-12 | Red Hat, Inc. | Shared memory communication in software defined networking |
US10296353B2 (en) * | 2016-01-25 | 2019-05-21 | Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. | Protecting basic input/output (BIOS) code |
US10713314B2 (en) * | 2016-01-29 | 2020-07-14 | Splunk Inc. | Facilitating data model acceleration in association with an external data system |
KR101936950B1 (en) * | 2016-02-15 | 2019-01-11 | 주식회사 맴레이 | Computing device, data transfer method between coprocessor and non-volatile memory, and program including the same |
US9933821B2 (en) * | 2016-02-17 | 2018-04-03 | Quanta Computer Inc. | Chassis with lock mechanism |
US10180992B2 (en) * | 2016-03-01 | 2019-01-15 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Atomic updating of graph database index structures |
US20170257970A1 (en) * | 2016-03-04 | 2017-09-07 | Radisys Corporation | Rack having uniform bays and an optical interconnect system for shelf-level, modular deployment of sleds enclosing information technology equipment |
US10069688B2 (en) * | 2016-03-07 | 2018-09-04 | International Business Machines Corporation | Dynamically assigning, by functional domain, separate pairs of servers to primary and backup service processor modes within a grouping of servers |
US10248349B2 (en) * | 2016-03-22 | 2019-04-02 | Oracle International Corporation | Efficient and thread-safe objects for dynamically-typed languages |
US10146550B2 (en) * | 2016-03-28 | 2018-12-04 | Dell Products, L.P. | System and method to remotely detect and report bootable physical disk location |
US10523598B2 (en) * | 2016-04-04 | 2019-12-31 | Futurewei Technologies, Inc. | Multi-path virtual switching |
US20180024964A1 (en) * | 2016-07-19 | 2018-01-25 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Disaggregated compute resources and storage resources in a storage system |
US10334334B2 (en) * | 2016-07-22 | 2019-06-25 | Intel Corporation | Storage sled and techniques for a data center |
US10873521B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2020-12-22 | Intel Corporation | Methods and apparatus for SDI support for fast startup |
US10917456B2 (en) * | 2016-07-25 | 2021-02-09 | Red Hat, Inc. | Application management in an application deployment pipeline |
US10078468B2 (en) * | 2016-08-18 | 2018-09-18 | International Business Machines Corporation | Slice migration in a dispersed storage network |
US10277677B2 (en) * | 2016-09-12 | 2019-04-30 | Intel Corporation | Mechanism for disaggregated storage class memory over fabric |
US20180089044A1 (en) * | 2016-09-27 | 2018-03-29 | Francesc Guim Bernat | Technologies for providing network interface support for remote memory and storage failover protection |
US10853364B2 (en) * | 2016-09-28 | 2020-12-01 | Microsoft Technology Licensing, Llc | Direct table association in in-memory databases |
US10936533B2 (en) * | 2016-10-18 | 2021-03-02 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | GPU remote communication with triggered operations |
US20180150256A1 (en) * | 2016-11-29 | 2018-05-31 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for data deduplication in disaggregated architectures |
WO2018111228A1 (en) * | 2016-12-12 | 2018-06-21 | Intel Corporation | Apparatuses and methods for a processor architecture |
US10171309B1 (en) * | 2016-12-23 | 2019-01-01 | EMC IP Holding Company LLC | Topology service |
US10824355B2 (en) * | 2017-01-10 | 2020-11-03 | International Business Machines Corporation | Hierarchical management of storage capacity and data volumes in a converged system |
US10198270B2 (en) * | 2017-01-19 | 2019-02-05 | Lenovo Enterprise Solutions (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. | Dynamic hardware configuration via firmware interface at computing device boot |
US20180212885A1 (en) | 2017-01-20 | 2018-07-26 | Google Inc. | Device and method for scalable traffic shaping at a receiver with a time-indexed data structure |
US10664462B2 (en) * | 2017-03-01 | 2020-05-26 | Sap Se | In-memory row storage architecture |
US10503427B2 (en) * | 2017-03-10 | 2019-12-10 | Pure Storage, Inc. | Synchronously replicating datasets and other managed objects to cloud-based storage systems |
US10628057B2 (en) * | 2017-03-28 | 2020-04-21 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Capability based locking and access of shared persistent memory |
US10346315B2 (en) * | 2017-05-26 | 2019-07-09 | Oracle International Corporation | Latchless, non-blocking dynamically resizable segmented hash index |
US10324859B2 (en) * | 2017-06-26 | 2019-06-18 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Multi-plane memory management |
US20190044809A1 (en) * | 2017-08-30 | 2019-02-07 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for managing a flexible host interface of a network interface controller |
US10334760B1 (en) * | 2018-01-12 | 2019-06-25 | Jed A. Darland | System and method for helical cooling tower for efficient cooling |
US10447273B1 (en) * | 2018-09-11 | 2019-10-15 | Advanced Micro Devices, Inc. | Dynamic virtualized field-programmable gate array resource control for performance and reliability |
-
2017
- 2017-12-06 US US15/833,523 patent/US20190044809A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-12-28 US US15/856,220 patent/US10554391B2/en active Active
- 2017-12-28 US US15/856,858 patent/US20190034490A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-12-28 US US15/856,173 patent/US10469252B2/en active Active
- 2017-12-28 US US15/856,556 patent/US10567166B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2017-12-28 US US15/856,644 patent/US10728024B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2017-12-29 US US15/858,569 patent/US20190042126A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2017-12-30 US US15/859,367 patent/US10581596B2/en active Active
- 2017-12-30 US US15/859,387 patent/US11050554B2/en active Active
- 2017-12-30 US US15/859,369 patent/US10476670B2/en active Active
- 2017-12-30 US US15/859,391 patent/US11249816B2/en active Active
-
2018
- 2018-01-11 US US15/868,594 patent/US20190042611A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-01-11 US US15/868,492 patent/US20190042408A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-03-06 US US15/912,733 patent/US11025411B2/en active Active
- 2018-03-15 US US15/922,502 patent/US20190042091A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-03-15 US US15/922,493 patent/US20190042090A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-03-30 US US15/941,114 patent/US20190052457A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-07-25 US US16/045,345 patent/US10756886B2/en active Active
- 2018-07-26 DE DE102018212479.5A patent/DE102018212479A1/en active Pending
- 2018-08-16 JP JP2018153250A patent/JP7214394B2/en active Active
- 2018-08-28 EP EP20217841.4A patent/EP3823245A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2018-08-28 EP EP18191343.5A patent/EP3460662A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2018-08-28 EP EP18191344.3A patent/EP3451196A1/en active Pending
- 2018-08-28 EP EP18191345.0A patent/EP3454530A1/en not_active Ceased
- 2018-08-29 CN CN201810995046.XA patent/CN109426455A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN202211257988.0A patent/CN115543204A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN202110870167.3A patent/CN113806260B/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 EP EP18191862.4A patent/EP3451635B1/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811005692.3A patent/CN109426648B/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 CN CN202311445788.2A patent/CN117725004A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811005808.3A patent/CN109426649B/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811005604.XA patent/CN109428770B/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811005693.8A patent/CN109426456A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN202310326481.4A patent/CN116501683A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811006541.XA patent/CN109426569A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811006539.2A patent/CN109426652A/en active Pending
- 2018-08-30 CN CN202110060921.7A patent/CN112732447B/en active Active
- 2018-08-30 CN CN201811004538.4A patent/CN109426647B/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-08-24 US US17/001,502 patent/US11588624B2/en active Active
-
2021
- 2021-05-27 US US17/332,733 patent/US11522682B2/en active Active
- 2021-06-10 US US17/344,253 patent/US11843691B2/en active Active
- 2021-08-02 US US17/391,549 patent/US20220012105A1/en not_active Abandoned
-
2022
- 2022-07-22 US US17/871,429 patent/US11888967B2/en active Active
-
2023
- 2023-08-25 US US18/238,096 patent/US20230421358A1/en active Pending
- 2023-09-01 US US18/241,748 patent/US20230412365A1/en active Pending
- 2023-12-15 US US18/542,308 patent/US20240195605A1/en active Pending
Cited By (23)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US11595277B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2023-02-28 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US10791384B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2020-09-29 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US12040889B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2024-07-16 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US10802229B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2020-10-13 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US12081323B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2024-09-03 | Intel Corporation | Techniques to control system updates and configuration changes via the cloud |
US11128553B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2021-09-21 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US10785549B2 (en) | 2016-07-22 | 2020-09-22 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for switching network traffic in a data center |
US11137922B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2021-10-05 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture |
US11907557B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2024-02-20 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for dividing work across accelerator devices |
US11995330B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2024-05-28 | Intel Corporation | Technologies for providing accelerated functions as a service in a disaggregated architecture |
US11977923B2 (en) | 2016-11-29 | 2024-05-07 | Intel Corporation | Cloud-based scale-up system composition |
US10579548B2 (en) * | 2018-03-29 | 2020-03-03 | Western Digital Technologies, Inc. | Adaptive interleaving of data transfer requests |
US10990517B1 (en) * | 2019-01-28 | 2021-04-27 | Xilinx, Inc. | Configurable overlay on wide memory channels for efficient memory access |
US11989135B2 (en) * | 2020-02-10 | 2024-05-21 | Intel Corporation | Programmable address range engine for larger region sizes |
US20220103290A1 (en) * | 2020-09-29 | 2022-03-31 | Qualcomm Incorporated | Interleaver design for noncoherent reed muller codes |
US11907550B2 (en) * | 2020-11-27 | 2024-02-20 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth |
US20220171549A1 (en) * | 2020-11-27 | 2022-06-02 | Robert Bosch Gmbh | Method for dynamically assigning memory bandwidth |
US20230046403A1 (en) * | 2021-08-11 | 2023-02-16 | International Business Machines Corporation | Multi-device processing activity allocation |
US11966610B2 (en) * | 2021-11-04 | 2024-04-23 | SK Hynix Inc. | Storage device capable of adjusting size of zoned namespace and operating method thereof |
US20230134639A1 (en) * | 2021-11-04 | 2023-05-04 | SK Hynix Inc. | Storage device and operating method thereof |
US20240037029A1 (en) * | 2022-07-27 | 2024-02-01 | Hewlett Packard Enterprise Development Lp | Client allocation of memory across memory servers |
US20240143498A1 (en) * | 2022-10-27 | 2024-05-02 | Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. | Methods, devices, and systems for allocating memory space |
US20240289034A1 (en) * | 2023-02-28 | 2024-08-29 | SK Hynix Inc. | Computing system and method of operating the same |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11522682B2 (en) | Technologies for providing streamlined provisioning of accelerated functions in a disaggregated architecture | |
US11422867B2 (en) | Technologies for composing a managed node based on telemetry data | |
US11861424B2 (en) | Technologies for providing efficient reprovisioning in an accelerator device | |
US11115497B2 (en) | Technologies for providing advanced resource management in a disaggregated environment | |
EP3731091A1 (en) | Technologies for providing an accelerator device discovery service | |
US20200004712A1 (en) | Technologies for establishing communication channel between accelerator device kernels | |
US12131183B2 (en) | Technologies for providing efficient message polling | |
US20230418686A1 (en) | Technologies for providing efficient pooling for a hyper converged infrastructure | |
EP3731095A1 (en) | Technologies for providing inter-kernel communication abstraction to support scale-up and scale-out |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: INTEL CORPORATION, CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHMISSEUR, MARK;ZIAKAS, DIMITRIOS;NACHIMUTHU, MURUGASAMY K.;SIGNING DATES FROM 20180116 TO 20180119;REEL/FRAME:044683/0694 |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: DOCKETED NEW CASE - READY FOR EXAMINATION |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: RESPONSE AFTER FINAL ACTION FORWARDED TO EXAMINER |
|
STPP | Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general |
Free format text: ADVISORY ACTION MAILED |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION |